MG7700 series Online Manual Read Me First Printer Functions Overview Printing Copying Scanning Troubleshooting English
Contents Notes on Site Usage and Cookies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Using This Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Search Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Using the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Color LCD Monitor). . .
Replacing Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Replacing Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Checking Ink Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine. . . . . . .
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Confirming that the Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Turning the Machine On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Changing WEP Detailed Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Changing WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ensuring Optimal Printing Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393 Printing Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Check Paper Settings Before Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Setting the Stapling Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Execute Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Fit-to-Page Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519 Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 Quick Setup tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522 Main tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced photo Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614 Printing Photo with Trimming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615 Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 Using Useful Display Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scanning with Favorite Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681 Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686 Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830 Color Settings Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831 Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833 Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897 Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 898 Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899 Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 6. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959 No Ink Comes Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961 Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962 Cannot Print on Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Touch Screen Shows Wrong Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004 Cannot Remove Memory Card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1005 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006 Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1063 1310. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064 1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1065 1403. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1873. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1097 1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1098 2111. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099 2112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6003. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1135 6500. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1136 6502. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137 6800. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes on Site Usage and Cookies Notes on Site Usage How to Print Notes on Site Usage • Five years after a product is discontinued, its setup file is made unavailable. The Online Manual remains available, but as a rule it is not updated. • When viewing this site, note the following: ◦ For best results, enable JavaScript in your browser settings. ◦ To display web pages tailored to your environment, Canon may send one or more cookies to your computer, smartphone, or tablet.
• In Mozilla Firefox 1. Select (Menu) > Print > Page Setup.... 2. Select the Print Background (colors & images) checkbox in Format & Options. • In Google Chrome (Chrome Menu) > Print.... 1. Select 2. Select the Background graphics checkbox in Options. For Mac OS: To print background colors and images, follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options, then select the Print backgrounds checkbox. 1. Click Print... from the File menu. 2. Click Show Details or (Down Arrow). 3.
Using This Online Manual Symbols Used in This Document Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows) Symbols Used in This Document Warning Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation. Caution Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Trademarks and Licenses • Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. • Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. • Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. • Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document. "Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License. "Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity.
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. 4. Redistribution.
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages. 9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License.
Enter keywords in the search window and click (Search). You can search for target pages in this guide. Entry example: "(your product's model name) load paper" Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window. Important • This function may not be available in some countries/regions. Note • The displayed screen may vary.
Note • The displayed screen varies depending on your product. • Searching for Application Functions Enter your application's name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter "My Image Garden collage" in the search window and perform a search • Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title* * You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well.
Using the Machine Printing Photos from a Computer Copying Originals Printing Photos Printing a Disc Label from a Computer Copying a Disc Label 29
Printing Photos from a Computer This section describes how to print photos with My Image Garden. This section uses windows displayed when the Windows 8.1 operating system (hereinafter referred to as Windows 8.1) is used. 1. Pull out the cassette 1 from the machine. 2. Load the paper stack vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN. 3. Align the paper guides with the paper length and width. 4. Insert the cassette 1 into the machine.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration. 6. Open the paper output tray (A). 7. Click the My Image Garden icon (B) in Quick Menu. The Guide Menu screen is displayed. Note • The number and types of icons displayed vary depending on your region, the registered printer/ scanner and the installed applications. 8. Click the Photo Print icon (C).
9. Click the folder (D) with photos you want to print. 10. Click the photos (E) you want to print. For Windows: To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the Ctrl key. For Mac OS: To select two or more photos at a time, click photos while pressing the command key. 11. Click Print (F). 12. Specify the number of copies, your machine name, media type, etc. (G). 13. Click Print (H).
For Mac OS: Click OK when the confirmation message appears, then click Print. Note • My Image Garden lets you use images on your computer, such as photos taken with a digital camera, in a number of ways.
Copying Originals This section describes how to load originals and copy them to plain paper. 1. Pull out the cassette 2 from the machine. 2. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN. 3. Align the paper guides with the paper length and width. 4. Insert the cassette 2 into the machine. After inserting the cassette into the machine, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen. 5.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration. 6. Open the paper output tray (A). 7. Extend the paper output support (B). 8. Touch the HOME button (C). 9. Tap Copy (D). 10. Open the document cover (E). 11. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO COPY FACING DOWN and align it with the alignment mark (F). 12. Close the document cover.
13. Confirm the paper settings, then touch the Black button or Color button (G). Important • Do not open the document cover until copying is complete. Note • Your machine is equipped with many other convenient copy features.
Printing Photos This section describes how to print photos on a memory card. 1. Pull out the cassette 1 from the machine. 2. Load the paper stack vertically WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN. 3. Align the paper guides with the paper length and width. 4. Insert the cassette 1 into the machine. After inserting the cassette into the machine, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen. 5.
If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration. 6. Open the paper output tray (A). 7. Insert the memory card. * The figure below shows the SD/SDHC memory card as an example. Note • For details on inserting memory cards other than SD/SDHC, see below. Inserting the Memory Card 8. Flick right and left through the photos (B) and select one. 9. Confirm the paper settings, then touch the Color button (C).
Important • Do not remove the memory card during printing. Data on the memory card may be damaged. Note • Your machine is equipped with many other convenient photo print features.
Printing a Disc Label from a Computer This section describes how to print photos on a printable disc with My Image Garden. This section uses windows displayed when the Windows 8.1 operating system (hereinafter referred to as Windows 8.1) is used. Important • Do not attach the disc tray until the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed. Doing so can damage the machine. 1. Click the My Image Garden icon (A) in Quick Menu. The Guide Menu screen is displayed.
4. Click OK (D). 5. When a dialog screen is displayed, click OK. 6. Click Add Image (E), then select photos to print onto the disc label. Note • The layout may not be as expected depending on the photo information or analysis results of the selected images. 7. Edit the disc label (F). You can change the background or add texts. My Image Garden Guide (Windows) My Image Garden Guide (Mac OS) 8. Click Print (G). 9. Specify the number of copies, your machine name, etc. (H). 10. Click Print (I).
For Mac OS: Click OK when the confirmation message appears, then click Print. When the confirmation message appears again, click OK. 11. Open the paper output tray (J). 12. When the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed, open the disc tray guide (K). 13. Place the printable disc with the printable surface facing up on the disc tray. The disc tray is attached in the back of the cassette 1.
14. Place the disc tray on the disc tray guide. Insert the disc tray straight until the arrow ( ( ) on the disc tray guide is almost aligned with the arrow ) on the disc tray. 15. Start printing. For Windows: Click Start Printing on the dialog screen. For Mac OS: Tap OK on the touch screen. The disc tray is drawn into the machine, then printing will start. After printing is complete, pull the disc tray out from the machine.
Copying a Disc Label This section describes how to copy the label of an existing disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) and print it on a printable disc. 1. Touch the HOME button (A). 2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap 3. Flick the menu screen, then tap Advanced print (B). Copy label to disc label (C). 4. Specify the print area of the printable disc as necessary. Tap Outer circle or Inner circle (D), specify the print area, then tap OK (E). 5. Select a printable disc type (F) by tapping it.
6. Open the document cover (G). 7. Load the copy source (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) WITH ITS LABEL SIDE DOWN on the platen glass. 8. Close the document cover. 9. Tap OK on the touch screen. 10. Confirm the print settings, then touch the Black button or Color button (H). The message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed. 11. Open the paper output tray (I). 12. Open the disc tray guide (J).
13. Place the printable disc with the printable surface facing up on the disc tray. The disc tray is attached in the back of the cassette 1. 14. Place the disc tray on the disc tray guide. Insert the disc tray straight until the arrow ( ( ) on the disc tray guide is almost aligned with the arrow ) on the disc tray. 15. Tap OK on the touch screen.
The disc tray is drawn into the machine, then copying will start. After copying is complete, pull the disc tray out from the machine. Important • Do not open the document cover until copying is complete. Note • Your machine is equipped with many other disc label print features.
Printer Functions Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Direct Connection" Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Create and Print Personalized Disc Labels (CD/DVD/BD) Easily and Beautifully Download a Variety of Content Materials Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application) Available Connection Methods Easy Scan with the Auto Function Scan Originals Larger than the Platen Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/
Connect Wirelessly with Ease in "Direct Connection" The machine supports "direct connection" in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without a wireless router. Switch to "direct connection" with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly.
Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden, you can register the names of people and events to photos. You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar, event, and person. This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on.
Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme. Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions. Refer to the following for details.
Create and Print Personalized Disc Labels (CD/DVD/BD) Easily and Beautifully Print without a Computer You can enjoy disc label printing easily even without using a computer. Refer to "Disc Label Printing" for details. Create and Print Items with My Image Garden Use My Image Garden to combine your favorite photos with preset designs to create and print personalized disc labels. Refer to the following for details.
Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A "printing materials site" where you can download all the printing materials for free. Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided. It is easily accessible from Quick Menu. CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials.
Print Items with Easy-PhotoPrint+ (Web Application) You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages, anytime and anywhere, by simply accessing Easy-PhotoPrint+ on the web from a computer or tablet. By using Easy-PhotoPrint+, you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation. Moreover, you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook, or with online storage, web albums, etc.
Available Connection Methods The following connection methods are available on the machine. Wireless Connection • With a wireless router • Without a wireless router Wired Connection USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device (such as a smartphone). One method is to connect using a wireless router, and the other method is to connect without using a wireless router. The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time.
• Connection Using a Wireless Router ◦ Connect the printer and a device using a wireless router. ◦ Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type. ◦ You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer. (Wi-Fi icon) is ◦ When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
(Appears in a new window) 57
Direct Connection (Windows XP) Restrictions (Appears in a new window) 1. If the HOME button (A) on the printer is lit, touch the HOME button. If an error screen is displayed, tap OK, then touch the HOME button. 2. Tap the upper right (B) of the screen. 3. Tap Activate direct connect.. 4. Tap Yes. 5. Check the SSID displayed in the printer screen.
6. Tap Details. 7. Tap Yes. 8. Check Password (network key), and then tap OK. You will use the SSID and Password (network key) in the subsequent steps. 9. Tap OK. 10. Right-click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer, then select View Available Wireless Networks. 11. Select the network name (SSID) you want to use, then click Connect.
12. Enter the Password (Network key), then click Connect. 13. When connection is complete, click Back until the screen below appears. Proceed with the setup.
Restrictions When connecting another device while a device (such as a smartphone) is already connected to the printer, connect it using the same connection method as the connected device. If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled. Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection.
• In Direct Connection mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, then configure settings again. • Devices connected to the printer using Direct Connection cannot communicate with each other. • Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Direct Connection.
Easy Scan with the Auto Function By using the auto function of IJ Scan Utility, you can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type. Refer to the following for details.
Scan Originals Larger than the Platen By using the stitch function of IJ Scan Utility, you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported. Refer to the following for details.
Scan Multiple Originals at One Time By using IJ Scan Utility, you can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Refer to the following for details.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service • Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided, the availability of site access, or permission to download the materials. • Canon may at any time update, change, or delete the information provided through the web service, or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice. Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Printer Before Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Registering Printer Information to PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting 68
Before Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link First, check the following content: • Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents, be sure to check these precautions beforehand. • Printer Specifications ◦ The printer must support a color LCD monitor. ◦ Your printer may not support the scan function. ◦ The printer must support the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Some models do not support this function.
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
Registering Printer Information to PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Follow the steps described below to register the printer information to the cloud service server. 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2. From the printer home screen, select Cloud Note • If multiple users will be using the printer after the initial registration, select the login user name from the Switch user screen, enter the Security code, and proceed with the registration.
Note • If you select Do not agree, a confirmation screen asking whether you want to cancel Register My account appears. If you select Yes, then Register My account is canceled, and you return to the Home screen. Even if you select Do not agree, you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later. • You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button. 6.
Application Management This section explains how to add, delete, and sort apps. Important • Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service. For details, see "Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window". Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer. Follow the steps described below to add apps. 1. From the printer home screen, select Cloud 2. On the cloud's Main screen, select Add/delete 3. Select Register apps 4. From the list, select the category of the app 5.
Note • Description of displayed icons : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. 6. Select Register The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list. To register another app, repeat the procedure from step 5. To end the app registration, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen. Important • Some apps may require a linked app account before you can use the app. If this is the case, set up an account beforehand. Delete apps You can delete unnecessary apps from the apps list.
3. Select Delete apps 4. From the apps list, select the app that you want to delete Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. 5. Select Delete When the deletion is finished, the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen. To delete another app, repeat the procedure from step 4. To end the app deletion, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen.
1. From the printer home screen, select Cloud 2. On the cloud's Main screen, select Add/delete 3. Select Sort 4. On the apps list, select the app that you want to sort Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. 5.
6. Select Done Sorting is complete. To continue the sorting, repeat the procedure from step 4. To end the sorting, select Back and return to the cloud's Main screen.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example. Important • • • • The available functions differ depending on the app. The printing procedure differs depending on the app. You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand. The following file formats can be printed: jpg, jpeg, pdf, docx, doc, xlsx, xls, pptx, ppt, and rtf. The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app.
4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next 5. Make the necessary print settings, and then select Color A message that indicates the completion of issuing print job appears, and printing starts. To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3. To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen.
Note • To leave a usage history of this service, from the Home window on the operation panel, select Setup -> Web service setup -> Web service connection setup -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> History setting for this service -> Save.
Cloud Windows This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen. Important • Select how to manage allows you to change which users can use this service. For details, see "Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window". When you select Cloud from the printer home screen, the cloud's Main screen appears. You can use the areas shown below to perform various functions, including adding, starting, and managing apps.
Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. (2) Add/delete button Use this button to add, delete, and sort apps. Register apps Select this to add your favorite apps. See here for details on how to add apps Delete apps Select this to delete registered apps. See here for details on how to delete apps Sort Select this to sort the apps list.
Settings Select this to set the Time zone. Select your region on the list. For some regions, you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving time setting. Important • If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement. Press the Start button to print the displayed information. Log out of all apps You can log out at the same time from all apps that you are logged into.
Cloud Troubleshooting If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print. • Check that the printer is connected to the Internet. • Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet. • Check that no error message is displayed on the printer's LCD monitor. • If printing does not start even after you wait awhile, go to the printer's home screen, and select Setup -> Web service inquiry.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 85
Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device, and checking the print status, print error, and ink status of the printer. You can also print app photos and documents from your smartphone or tablet.
Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer CPU x86 or x64 1.6 GHz or higher RAM 2 GB or higher Monitor display Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Number of display colors 24 bits (true-color) or higher OS Browser Windows Vista SP1 or later Internet Explorer 9 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Windows 7 Internet Explorer 9, 10, 11 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10, 11 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Color LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Registering from Printer 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2. From the printer home screen, select Cloud If printer information has not been registered to the cloud service server, the Registration Preparation Completion Screen appears. 3.
To return to the cloud main screen, select Exit. Note • You must have a special app to read QR codes from your smartphone or tablet. If you do not have an app that reads QR codes on your smartphone or tablet, install one from App Store or Google Play. 7. In Preparation for registration screen, select Send blank e-mail Note • When you select Send blank e-mail, the "destination entry completed" mailer starts up automatically. After the blank e-mail is created, send that e-mail without making any changes.
In the displayed screen, enter the E-mail address that you want to register, and then select Continue registration. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that has already been registered, you will receive an "already registered" e-mail. Follow the instructions in the e-mail, and register a different e-mail address. Important • There are character restrictions for the e-mail address, as shown below. • Up to 255 characters consisting of single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!$'*/ ^_{}|~.-@).
9. Follow instructions in screen display, and select OK The registration page URL will be sent to the registered e-mail address. Access the URL in the e-mail, Register the Information, and Complete the User Registration 1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to registered e-mail address, and access URL 2.
3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use.
5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected. Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time. The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed. When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (Monochrome LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Print registration information from the printer 1. On the printer operation panel, select the Setup button, and then select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Register w/ service 2. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes 3.
2. When the printer registration screen is displayed, select Create new account 3. Enter the E-mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer's owner, and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e-mail address entered.
Important • There are character restrictions for the e-mail address, as shown below. • Up to 255 characters consisting of single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!$'*/ ^_{}|~.-@). (Uppercase and lowercase letters are differentiated.) • Multibyte characters cannot be used. You will get an error if the e-mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used.
3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use.
5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected. Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time. The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed. When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed.
Printing Your Printer Registration ID Important • Some models do not support this function. To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you will need a Printer registration ID. From the operation panel of this printer, print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID. The procedure is as follows: 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet Important • To use this function, you must connect this printer to the Internet.
3. In the registration confirmation window, Select Yes 4. In the print settings, select the display language 5. Follow the instructions displayed in the window, and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size or Legal size plain paper and select OK, the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed. Important • The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes.
Registering User Information to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (No LCD Monitor) To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, you need to follow the steps described below and register My account information. Registering from Your Smartphone, Tablet, or Computer 1. Check that the printer is connected to the Internet Important • To use this function, you must connect this printer to the Internet. 2.
In the displayed screen, enter the E-mail address that you want to register, and then select Continue registration. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that has already been registered, you will receive an "already registered" e-mail. Follow the instructions in the e-mail, and register a different e-mail address. Important • There are character restrictions for the e-mail address, as shown below. • Up to 255 characters consisting of single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!$'*/ ^_{}|~.-@).
7. Follow instructions in screen display, and select OK The registration page URL will be sent to the registered e-mail address. Access the URL in the e-mail, Register the Information, and Complete the User Registration 1. Check that e-mail containing URL has been sent to registered e-mail address, and access URL 2.
3. Register password for logging in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center In the My account registration screen, enter the password you want to register into Password and Password (Confirmation), and then select Next.
Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 4. Enter Nickname Enter any user name you want to use.
5. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region. Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected. Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time. The registration is complete. A registration completion message is displayed. When you select the OK button in the message, the login screen is displayed.
Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed, you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service. 1. From your PC, smartphone, or tablet, access the service login URL (http://cs.c-ij.com/) 2. On the Login screen, enter the E-mail address and Password, and then select Log in Important • The e-mail address and password are case-sensitive. Make sure the case is correct.
Important • • • • The available functions differ depending on the app. The printing procedure differs depending on the app. You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand. The following file formats can be printed: jpg, jpeg, pdf, docx, doc, xlsx, xls, pptx, ppt, and rtf. The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app. • Before you print, check that printer is on and is connected to the network. Then start.
4. In the displayed image list, select the image that you want to print, and then select Next 5.
6. A print job completion message appears, and printing starts To continue printing, select Continue, and perform the operation from Step 3. To end the printing, select Apps. The screen returns to the apps list screen. Important • If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued, the print job will expire and cannot be printed. • With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs, print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count.
Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone, tablet device, or computer. Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Important • You have 5 tries to enter your password. If you fail, you will not be able to log in for about the next 60 minutes.
Create new account A new registration will be added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. For a new registration, you need the Printer registration ID. About this service This displays the descriptions of this service. System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed.
(1) Left context menu (Administrator only) When you select , the left context menu appears. When you select Mng. printer, Manage users, Group management, or Advanced management, the corresponding screen appears. Note • Group management appears only when you use Select how to manage and set Manage by group (for office users). Mng. printer screen From the Mng.
This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated. refreshes the information. • Multiuser mode (MAXIFY series only) If multiple users will be using the printer, add a check mark to Multiuser mode. The check mark is linked to the Require security code screen. • Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer. When you select , the screen shown below appears. Set the Destination printer and the Source printer. Then select OK.
Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer. Note • Although the number of printers that can be registered for one domain is not limited, only up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate. Manage users screen From the Manage users screen, you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, delete users, add users, and change the Administrator and Standard user settings.
Group management screen From the Group management screen, you can use functions for checking group information registered to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, changing groups, deleting groups, adding groups, and setting up users, printers, and apps belonging to each group. • Checking group information The registered group names appear. If there are items that have not been set, Select group. appears.
Users Displays all users and mail addresses registered in the domain. Printers Displays all printers registered in the domain. Apps With the default settings, the screen displays all apps. To display only registered apps, select the Registered category. / To switch between app registration/deletion, select . Web services Displays the external link service. You can restrict the use of other web services that use Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center accounts such as Easy-PhotoPrint+.
• Deleting a Group To delete a group from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center, select . If you delete all groups, you must create a new one. To set a different management method, set the target method from the Select how to manage screen. • Add group Add a group to be used in Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. Note • You can register up to 20 groups.
Advanced management screen The Advanced management screen allows you to set the management method for printer users and apps that can be used. To go to the setup screen, select . • Require security code Each user can set a Security code, start the app, and perform printing and other operations. This setting is linked with Multiuser mode on the Mng. printer screen. Note • The list does not display models without an LCD or models with a monochrome LCD.
• Select how to manage You can change the management method for usable apps and printers. Manage app availability by printer If you are using multiple printers, you can manage the useable apps for each printer. Manage app availability by user When one printer is used, you can manage the usable apps by user. For usage examples, see "Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Home)". Manage by group (for office users) You can manage the usable apps and printers by group.
The Administrator can change the printer name from the Mng. printer screen of the left context menu. (4) Right context menu , the context menu appears. When you select The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area. The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice. • Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps. You can use the Done. buttons to change the display order of apps.
Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink. • Latest notices This displays the latest notices. The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice. My account • Displays user information. From the My account screen, you can change your account settings. From the My account screen, you can display the Permitted services screen and clear any linked service setting.
(6) Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed: • Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area. • Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area. The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps. The Registered screen lists registered apps. You can check the information of these apps or deregister them. Note • If Group management has been set, Config is not displayed.
On the Search apps screen, the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category. ◦ When you select When you select , the details of the app are displayed. / , you can choose to register or unregister the app. Note • Description of displayed icons : Cannot be used because it is not yet released or does not support your region, model, or language. : Can be used with genuine Canon ink.
• Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected. You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred. You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual. Important • The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time, depending on the printer status. • Manage jobs This screen displays the print or scan status and history.
Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Home) The Advanced management function allows you to take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for home use. This section introduces those functions by using a family of 3 (father, mother, and child) as an example.
3. The father selects Add user, and by following the screen instructions, registers the mother and child as users. After this registration is complete, the mother and child can individually use the service.
With the default settings, only the Administrator (father) can register apps to be used or delete apps. After the Administrator (father) specifies settings according to the procedure below, the father, the mother, and the child will be able to manage apps individually. 1. As the Administrator, the father logs in to Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and selects Advanced management from 2.
3. The father sets Manage app availability by user and selects OK 4. The screen for checking the management method change appears To complete the setup and return to the Advanced management window, select OK. All registered users can register and delete apps freely.
Tips on Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center (at Work) The Group management function allows you take advantage of the many useful functions that the service offers for office use. This section introduces an example in which two printers are used, the Administrator is the senior clerk, and the other members are the company president, the section manager, and the new hire. Note • If the second printer has not been registered, select "Adding a Printer" and register the printer by following the procedure.
4. The senior clerk selects Advanced management from 5.
6. The senior clerk sets Manage by group (for office users) and selects OK Note • If Group management has already been set up, refer to step 10 and the subsequent steps. 7. On the screen for checking management method changes, the senior clerk checks the displayed information and selects OK.
This appears only if the selected mode is Group management. To complete the setup and display the Group management screen, select OK. Note • With the default settings, the group is named "group1". • With the default settings, all registered users belong to the same group. 8. In the Group management screen, the senior clerk selects the of the group to be renamed 9.
11. On Printers tab, check that all printers are selected 12.
To switch between app registration/deletion, select / . To return to the Group management screen, select Close. This completes the setup of the group to be used by the entire office. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. • If you want to set up new apps as an individual, you can add a group. To create a new group, use Add group, and then in the setup screen for the added group, add users and printers.
1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2.
3. The senior clerk enters the Group name and selects OK In this field, enter "President" as the president-only group because you will be setting apps that only the president can use. Important • The following restrictions apply to entering the Group name. • The group name can have up to 20 single-byte alphanumeric characters or up to 10 doublebyte characters. • The same group name cannot be registered more than once in the same domain. • Up to 20 groups can be registered.
6. On the Printers tab, select printer to be used. 7.
To switch between app registration/deletion, select / . To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure allows you to set apps that only the president can use. Note • The group setup screen displays all users and printers that are registered in the domain. Limiting Apps That All Members Can Use on Printer To set the apps to be used on the printer, use the following procedure provided by this service.
Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2. For Apps available on printers that do not require a security code, select Settings 3.
To switch between app registration/deletion, select / . To return to the Group management screen, select Close. The above procedure sets up Evernote as the only app that all users can use on the printer. Limiting Apps That Individual Users Can Use on Printer For each user, you can set the apps that the user can use on the printer. As an example, this section describes the procedure for allowing only the president to also use the Facebook app from the printer. 1.
2. For Require security code, select Set. 3. Select printer for setting up Security code. Security codes identify individual users when multiple users are using a printer. Note • On models where the settings cannot be changed, this function cannot be selected. Some models do not support this function. To check whether your model supports this function, see "Models that Support Security Codes". 4.
To send a notification e-mail only to users without a Security code, select OK. To display the Security code setup screen when each user logs in and not send the notification email, select Cancel. Important • The following character restriction applies to Security code entries: • Up to 8 alphanumeric characters The Security code change process ends, and the change completion message appears. In the message screen, select OK to return to the main screen. 5. Select Cloud from the printer's home screen 6.
7. Enter Security code that you set and Log in Note • If you have not set a Security code, set a Security code from My account, and then Log in. 8. Select Facebook app Only the president will be able to use the Facebook app from the printer. Limiting Printers That Individual Users Can Use As an example, this section describes the procedure for setting up one printer for the president and another printer for all users.
1. From , select Group management Note • This appears only if Manage by group (for office users) is set in Advanced management. 2.
3. On the Printers tab, clear printer that was set up for president To return to the Group management screen, select Close. Important • If a user is being managed in multiple groups and an app is deleted or the target printer is changed for one of those groups, the user can still use that app or printer if the one of the other groups allows it. Only the printer that was set can be used by all users.
What is a Security code? A Security code identifies the user when multiple other users are sharing the same printer. Important • If you are using the MAXIFY series, you can set a Security code. We recommend that you set a Security code to prevent other users from using your account. • This code is valid only when you use MAXIFY Cloud Link from the printer operation panel. You cannot use this code when you access the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from your smartphone, tablet, or computer.
Adding a Printer With one account, you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers. The procedure for adding a printer is as follows: If your model has color LCD monitor 1. Check that an e-mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e-mail address, and access the URL 2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then select Log in 3.
If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor 1. Check that an e-mail containing the URL has been sent to the registered e-mail address, and access the URL If your model has monochrome LCD monitor If your model has no LCD monitor 2. Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen, and then select Log in 3.
Adding a PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link User Several people can use one printer. This section describes the user addition procedure and the user privileges. Adding a user 1. On the service screen, select Manage users from . 2. Select Add user Note • When you select Add user, the service first checks whether the maximum number of users has been reached. If new users can be added, the user registration screen appears.
• The maximum number of users that can be added for 1 printer is 20. 3. Enter the e-mail address of the user to be added, and then select OK The URL for completing the registration is then sent to the entered e-mail address. Note • If you enter an e-mail address that is already registered, you will receive notification that the address is registered. To specify another e-mail address, follow the displayed instructions. 4.
6. Register a password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center. On the My Account Registration screen, enter you desired password into Password and Password (Confirmation) and select Next. Important • There are character restrictions for the Password, as shown below. • The password must be between 8 and 32 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 7.
Important • The user name entry field has the following character restrictions: • The user name must be between 1 and 20 characters long, using single-byte alphanumeric characters and symbols (!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[¥]^_`{|}~). (Alphabets are case-sensitive) 8. Specify the Time zone setting, and select Done Select your region on the list. If you cannot find your region on the list, select the one closest to your region.
Note • When you use MAXIFY Cloud Link, a cookie for the selected user is added to the printer, and the login status of each user is recovered. For each printer, you can register cookies for up to 8 users. Printer user privileges If several users are using the cloud service for 1 printer, each user is categorized as the Administrator or a Standard user. Note • The user who is registered first becomes the Administrator. The administrator can change the privileges of users from the Manage users screen.
Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the update button If you do not receive the registration e-mail If you cannot print Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If an app cannot be installed Check the country or region where the printer was purchased.
If your model has monochrome LCD monitor On the printer operation panel, select the Setup button, and then select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> IJCloudPrintingCtr -> Delete from service to delete the service registration. If your model has no LCD monitor Displaying Printer Information -> IJ Cloud Printing Center setup -> Delete from this service to delete the service registration.
If the problem is not resolved, use the printer driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer. If you still cannot print, see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual. Note • With a wireless LAN connection, after the printer is turned on, it may take several minutes before communication is possible. Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network, and wait a while before you start printing.
Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with Canon PRINT Inkjet/ SELPHY Use Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly. You can also receive scanned data (PDForJPEG) directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer. Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play.
Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT 8.1 or a later version, printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network. For information about connecting to the network, see the setup URL (http://www.canon.com/ijsetup) for using this product from your computer, smartphone, or tablet device. When the connection is complete, the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software, which allows you to specify detailed print settings, is downloaded automatically.
Checking Printer Information You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer. Note • You can use this function on the following OS and the web browser. • iOS device OS: iOS 6.1 or later Web browser: iOS standard Web browser (Mobile Safari) • Android device OS: Android 2.3.3 or later Web browser: Android standard Web browser (Browser or Chrome) • Mac OS device OS: Mac OS X v.10.6 or later Web browser: Safari 5.
Note • The password has been specified to the machine serial number at the time of purchase. Checking the serial number is not required if you have already changed to any password. 2. Open web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer and enter IP address. Enter as following in the URL field of the web browser. http://XXX.XX.X.XXX For "XXX.XX.X.XXX", enter the IP address that you checked in the "IP Address" column on the network setting information sheet.
Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount, the status, and detailed error information. You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page, and use Web Services. Utilities This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning. Device settings This function allows you to change the printer settings such as the quiet setting, the energy saving settings, and the print settings.
Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information. Language selection This function allows you to change the language on the display. Manual (Online) This function displays the Online Manual. 6. When you finish checking printer status and changing printer settings, select Log off. 7. Close web browser.
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, Printable Disc, Memory Card, etc.
Loading Paper Paper Sources to Load Paper Loading Small Size Paper Such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) Loading Large Size Paper Such as A4 or Letter Loading Envelopes 168
Paper Sources to Load Paper The machine has two paper sources for feeding paper, the cassette 1 (A) and cassette 2 (B). The paper source used depends on the page size and media type. Media Types You Can Use Note • When printing, select the correct page size and media type. If you select the wrong page size or media type, the machine may feed paper from the wrong paper source or may not print with the proper print quality. For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
C: Photo paper (4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) size) Loading Large Size Photo Paper / Plain Paper or Envelopes in the cassette 2 When using large size photo paper or plain paper, such as A4, B5, A5, or Letter, load it in the cassette 2. You can also load envelopes in the cassette 2. The machine feeds paper from the cassette 2 automatically if you select a page size such as A4, B5, A5, or Letter in the print settings at the operation panel or the printer driver.
Loading Small Size Paper Such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) You can load 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) size photo paper in the cassette 1. Load large size paper, such as A4 or Letter, in the cassette 2. Loading Large Size Paper Such as A4 or Letter Important • If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) to perform trial print, it can cause paper jams. Note • We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
3. Slide the paper guide (A) in front and (B) on the right to open the guides. 4. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in the center of the cassette 1. Important • Always load paper in the portrait orientation (C). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (D) can cause paper jams. Note • If paper has print side (front or back), such as photo paper, load it with the whiter side (or glossy side) facing down.
5. Align the paper guide (A) in front with the paper stack. For standard sizes, align the paper guide (A) with where it clicks into place. 6. Slide the paper guide (B) on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the paper stack. Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly. Note • Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (F). • Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (G) of the paper guides. 7.
8. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette 1 at Page size and Type, then tap Register. If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration. Paper Settings 9. Holding both sides of the paper output tray, gently open it. The output tray extension opens automatically when the paper output tray is opened.
Loading Large Size Paper Such as A4 or Letter You can load A4, B5, A5, 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm), Letter, or Legal-sized photo paper or plain paper in the cassette 2. You can also load envelopes in the cassette 2. Loading Envelopes Load small sizes of paper in the cassette 1. Loading Small Size Paper Such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) Note • We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos. For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Media Types You Can Use.
3. Slide the paper guide (A) in front and (B) on the right to open the guides. 4. Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN, and place it in the center of the cassette 2. Important • Always load paper in the portrait orientation (C). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (D) can cause paper jams.
Note • If paper has print side (front or back), such as photo paper, load it with the whiter side (or glossy side) facing down. • Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette 2 as shown in the figure below. If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion (E), the paper may not be fed properly. • To load paper larger than A4 size in the cassette 2, press down the lock (F) on the cassette 2, then extend the cassette 2. 5. Align the paper guide (A) in front with the paper stack.
Note • Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (G). • Keep the paper stack height below the tabs (H) of the paper guides. 7. Insert the cassette 2 into the machine. Push the cassette 2 into the machine until it stops. After inserting the cassette into the machine, the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen. Note • When paper larger then A4 or Letter size is loaded, the extended cassette 2 protrudes beyond the machine.
8. Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette 2 at Page size and Type, then tap Register. If a message is displayed on the screen, follow the directions in the message to complete registration. Paper Settings 9. Holding both sides of the paper output tray (I), gently open it. The output tray extension opens automatically when the paper output tray is opened. 10. Extend the paper output support (J).
Loading Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 in the cassette 2. The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the printer driver properly. Important • Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device is not supported. • Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to malfunction.
3. Slide the paper guide (A) in front and (B) on the right to open the guides. 4. Load the envelopes WITH THE ADDRESS SIDE FACING DOWN, and place them in the center of the cassette 2. The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side. C: Rear side D: Address side Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once. Note • Align the envelope stack with the edge of the cassette 2 as shown in the figure below.
5. Align the paper guide (A) in front with the envelopes. 6. Slide the paper guide (B) on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the envelopes. Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly. Note • Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (F). • Keep the envelope stack height below tabs (G) of the paper guides. 7. Insert the cassette 2 into the machine. Push the cassette 2 into the machine until it stops.
8. Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the cassette 2 at Page size and Type, then tap Register. Paper Settings 9. Holding both sides of the paper output tray (H), gently open it. The output tray extension opens automatically when the paper output tray is opened. 10. Extend the paper output support (I). Note • When printing, select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver.
Placing a Printable Disc Cautions When Printing on a Printable Disc Before Placing a Printable Disc Placing a Printable Disc Removing a Printable Disc How to Detach / Attach the Disc Tray 185
Cautions When Printing on a Printable Disc • Be sure to use the disc tray supplied with this machine. It has a "J" on the upper side. • Do not print on printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing. The ink will not dry and may cause problems with the disc itself or devices which the disc is loaded onto. • Do not print on the printable discs' recording surface. Doing so will make data recorded on discs unreadable. • Hold the printable discs by their edges.
Before Placing a Printable Disc The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc: • disc tray (supplied with the machine) * Use the disc tray with "J" on the surface. The disc tray is attached in the back of the cassette 1. How to Detach / Attach the Disc Tray • 4.72 inches (12 cm) printable disc Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing. Note • A "printable disc" differs from regular disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.
Placing a Printable Disc To print onto a printable disc, place it on the disc tray supplied with the machine, then insert it into the machine. This procedure also applies to printing from a computer. Important • Do not attach the disc tray until the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed. Doing so can damage the machine. 1. Detach the disc tray from the cassette 1.
5. Place the disc tray on the disc tray guide. Note • The disc tray may be ejected after a specified period of time has elapsed. In this case, follow the on-screen instructions to attach the disc tray. 6. Insert the disc tray straight until the arrow ( the arrow ( ) on the disc tray guide is almost aligned with ) on the disc tray. Important • Do not insert the disc tray beyond the arrow ( 189 ) on the disc tray guide.
Removing a Printable Disc 1. Pull out the disc tray. 2. Close the disc tray guide. Important • If the disc tray guide is opened, you cannot print on paper as it will not feed properly. Make sure that the disc tray guide is closed. 3. Remove the printable disc from the disc tray. Important • Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the disc tray. Note • Dry the printing surface sufficiently before removing the disc.
4. Close the paper output tray. 5. Attach the disc tray onto the cassette 1. How to Detach / Attach the Disc Tray Note • If a message is displayed on the screen after inserting the cassette into the machine, tap OK.
How to Detach / Attach the Disc Tray Detaching the disc tray Slide the disc tray to the side on the back of the cassette 1 and raise it to detach. Important • Be sure to remove all orange shipping tapes on the disc tray. Attaching the disc tray Align the holes of the disc tray with the hooks on the back of the cassette 1 and slide it to attach. Important • Be sure to align each hole of the disc tray with its corresponding hook on the back of the cassette 1.
Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass How to Load Originals for Each Function Originals You Can Load How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover 193
Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1. Open the document cover. 2. Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass. Originals You Can Load How to Load Originals for Each Function Important • Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass. • Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass. • Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the original.
How to Load Originals for Each Function Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original correctly, it may not be scanned properly. Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark • Load originals to copy • In Scan, ◦ select Auto scan for Doc.type to scan text documents, magazines, or newspapers ◦ select Document or Photo for Doc.type and specify a standard size (A4, Letter, etc.
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen glass. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned. Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass • Scan two or more printed photos in Photo copy • In Scan, ◦ select Auto scan for Doc.type to scan two or more printed photos, postcards, or business cards ◦ select Photo for Doc.
Originals You Can Load Item Types of originals Details - Text document, magazine, or newspaper - Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 inches (216 x 297 mm) Note • When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass, you can load it by removing the document cover from the machine.
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover Detaching the document cover: Hold up the document cover vertically and then tip it back. Attaching the document cover: Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below.
Inserting the Memory Card Before Inserting the Memory Card Inserting the Memory Card Removing the Memory Card 199
Before Inserting the Memory Card The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the machine. Important • If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, the image data may be unreadable on the machine or damaged.
Printable Image Data • This machine accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant), TIFF (Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant). Other image or movie types such as RAW images cannot be printed. • The machine accepts images scanned and saved with the machine when Doc.type is set to Photo and Format is set to JPEG (file extension ".jpg"). Note • This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft.
Inserting the Memory Card Important • When a memory card is inserted into the card slot, the Access lamp is lit. When the Access lamp is flashing, the machine is accessing the memory card. In this case, do not touch the area around the card slot. Note • When Read/write attribute is set to Writable from USB PC, you cannot print image data from the memory card using the operation panel of the machine.
Insert the following types of memory cards into the right card slot: • SD Secure Digital memory card, SDHC memory card • miniSD Card*, miniSDHC Card* • microSD Card*, microSDHC Card* * Be sure to attach the card adapter to the memory card before inserting to the card slot. Important • Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot, but do not force it into the slot any further. This can damage the machine or the memory card.
Removing the Memory Card Important • If you used the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer, you must perform the "safe removal" operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from the machine. Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer 1. Holding both sides of the paper output tray, gently open it. 2. Make sure that the Access lamp is lit, and remove the memory card.
Replacing Ink Replacing Ink Checking Ink Status 205
Replacing Ink When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of the error. Take appropriate action according to the message. Message Appears Note • If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance Procedure. • For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks. Replacing Procedure When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below. 1.
Important • Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks. • Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area. • Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables. Note • Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing two or more ink tanks. • For details on ink lamp flashing speed, see Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps. 4.
6. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (F) to remove it off GENTLY. Important • Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air hole (E) blocked, ink may splash. • Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (F) or the open ink port (G). The ink may stain your hands if you touch them. • Do not reattach the protective cap (F) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
8. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place. Make sure that the ink lamp lights up. Important • You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in the correct position according to the label on the print head holder. • You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks. 9. Close the operation panel gently. If a message is displayed on the screen, tap OK.
Important • When opening or closing the operation panel, do not touch the buttons and touch screen on the operation panel. Doing so may result in an unexpected operation. Note • If the error message appears after the operation panel is closed, take appropriate action. Message Appears • When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the machine starts cleaning the print head automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head.
Checking Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine 1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen. If the HOME screen is not displayed, touch the HOME button to display it. 2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear. 3. Tap Estimated ink levels. A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level. Example: The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 1. Make sure that the power is turned on, then, holding both sides of the paper output tray, gently open it. 2. Lift the operation panel and open until it stops. Replacing Procedure 3. Check the ink lamp. Close the operation panel after checking the ink lamp status. Replacing Procedure • The ink lamp is on. The ink tank is correctly installed. • The ink lamp is flashing. Flashing slowly (at around 3-second intervals) ...... Repeats The ink is running low.
If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling the ink tank, there has been an error and the machine cannot print. Check the error message displayed on the touch screen. Message Appears Note • You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
Maintenance If Printing Is Faint or Uneven Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Mac OS) Cleaning 215
If Printing is Faint or Uneven Maintenance Procedure Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Manually 216
Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below. Important • Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink tank. Note • Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank. • Open the operation panel and make sure that the lamp on the ink tank is lit.
From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads (Windows) Cleaning the Print Heads (Mac OS) After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice: Step4 Clean the print head deeply.
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle. Note • If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink tank whose ink is low. You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure that the power is turned on. 2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette 2.
The confirmation screen will appear. 8. Tap Yes. The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch screen. 9. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary. 1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D. A: No missing lines/No horizontal white streaks B: Lines are missing/Horizontal white streaks are present E: Number of sheets printed so far 2. Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation screen.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen. For B (lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or in both patterns: The cleaning is required. Tap Also B, then tap Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen. The machine starts cleaning the print head. Cleaning the Print Head Note • The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern.
Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary. You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure that the power is turned on. 2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette 2.
The confirmation screen will appear. 8. Tap Yes. The machine starts cleaning the print head. Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes about 2 to 3 minutes. The pattern print confirmation screen will appear. 9. Tap Yes. The nozzle check pattern will be printed. 10. Examine the nozzle check pattern. Note • If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply. Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean the print head deeply only when necessary. You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure that the power is turned on. 2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette 2.
The confirmation screen will appear. 8. Tap Yes. The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply. Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This takes about 2 to 3 minutes. The pattern print confirmation screen will appear. 9. Tap Yes. The nozzle check pattern will be printed. 10. When the completion message appears, tap OK. 11. Examine the nozzle check pattern. If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position. Note • If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink tank whose ink is low. You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including recycled paper)* * Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides. 1. Make sure that the power is turned on. 2.
7. Tap Auto head alignment. The confirmation screen will appear. 8. Tap Yes. The print head alignment sheet will be printed and the print head position will be adjusted automatically. This takes about 3 to 4 minutes. Important • Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress. Note • If the automatic adjustment of the print head position has failed, the error message appears on the touch screen. Message Appears 9. When the completion message appears, tap OK.
Aligning the Print Head Manually If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position automatically, adjust the print head position manually. Note • For details on adjusting the print head position automatically, see Aligning the Print Head. You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure that the power is turned on. 2. Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the cassette 2.
The confirmation screen will appear. Note • To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print the head alignment value. 8. Tap Yes. The print head alignment pattern is printed. Important • Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress. 9. When the message "Did the patterns print correctly?" appears, confirm that the pattern is printed correctly, tap Yes. 10. Confirm the message, then tap Next.
Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks. A: Unnoticeable vertical streaks B: Noticeable vertical streaks 12. Repeat the same procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for columns B to H, then tap OK. For columns G and H, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks at the position indicated by an arrow.
The second pattern is printed. Important • Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress. 14. Look at the second pattern, tap I to check the printed patterns, then tap the number of the pattern in column I that has the least noticeable vertical streaks. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks. E: Unnoticeable vertical streaks F: Noticeable vertical streaks 15.
17. Look at the third pattern, tap a to check the printed patterns, then tap the number of the pattern in column a that has the least noticeable horizontal stripes. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes. G: Unnoticeable horizontal stripes H: Noticeable horizontal stripes 18. Repeat the same procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for columns b to h, then tap OK. 19.
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows) Cleaning the Print Heads Aligning the Print Head Position Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern 234
Cleaning the Print Heads The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink. The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows: Cleaning 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed.
2. Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed. Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning. 3. Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute. Click OK when the confirmation message appears. Print head deep cleaning starts. Important • Do not close the paper output tray until the deep cleaning is complete. 4.
Aligning the Print Head Position Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head Position Manually Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment. Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.
8. Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes. Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes. When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks.
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes. Even if the patterns with the least noticeable streaks are clicked in the preview window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes. When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks. (A) Least noticeable vertical streaks (B) Most noticeable vertical streaks 11.
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK. Note • If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes. (A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes (B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes Note • To print and check the current setting, open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box, and click Print Alignment Value.
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print. The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows: Nozzle Check 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab The Nozzle Check dialog box opens.
Cleaning Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette 243
Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently. Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning. Important • Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine. • Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface.
Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Important • Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine. • Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this case, clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when necessary. You need to prepare For the cassette 1: A single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (to be cut for use) For the cassette 2: Three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper 1. Make sure that the power is turned on. 2.
9. Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating, then follow the message to load plain paper as follows in the paper source you selected in step 6. Loading paper in the cassette 1: Cut a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper into four pieces. Load them in the cassette 1 with the top and bottom edges (A) towards the back side of the cassette 1. Loading paper in the cassette 2: Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized paper in the cassette 2. 10.
Cleaning the Inside of the Machine (Bottom Plate Cleaning) Remove stains from the inside of the machine. If the inside of the machine becomes dirty, printed paper may get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly. You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper* * Be sure to use a new piece of paper. 1. Make sure that the power is turned on. 2. Flick the HOME screen, then tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear. 3. Tap Maintenance.
9. Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette 2 with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side. 10. Holding both sides of the paper output tray, gently open it. The output tray extension will open automatically when the paper output tray is opened. 11. Extend the paper output support. Important • If the disc tray guide is open, be sure to close it. 12. Tap OK. The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine.
Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette If the pad in a cassette is smeared with paper powder or dirt, two or more sheets of paper may be ejected. Follow the procedure below to clean the pad in a cassette. You need to prepare: cotton swab 1. Pull out the cassette 1 or cassette 2 from the machine, then remove all the paper. 2. Clean the pad (A) sideways with a moistened cotton swab. Important • After cleaning the smeared pad, dry it completely. For the cassette 1: For the cassette 2: 3.
Overview Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply Using the Operation Panel Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer Network Connection Network Connection Tips Network Communication (Windows) Checking and Changing Network Settings IJ Network Tool (Network Connection
Canceling a Print Job Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Printer Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying Specifications 253
Safety Safety Precautions Regulatory Information 254
Safety Precautions Choosing a location • Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration. • Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close to a heating source. To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the machine under the operating environment specified in the Specification. • Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet. • Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall.
Regulatory Information For models containing lithium battery • Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations. • Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Users in the U.S.A. FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only) For 120V, 60Hz model Model Number: K10429 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365) This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules.
vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću.
Main Components and Their Use Main Components Power Supply Using the Operation Panel 259
Main Components Front View Rear View Inside View Operation Panel 260
Front View (1) operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it. Also, lift and open it to replace an ink tank, to check the ink lamp, or to remove jammed paper inside the machine. Operation Panel (2) document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass. (3) paper output tray Opens automatically when printing or copying starts and printed paper is ejected. Also, you need to open it to insert a memory card. (4) disc tray guide Open by pulling it out to attach the disc tray.
(7) cassette 1 Load 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) size photo paper into the cassette, and insert it into the machine. Two or more papers of the same size and media type can be loaded at the same time, which are fed automatically one sheet at a time. Loading Small Size Paper Such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) The disc tray can be stored in the back of the cassette 1.
Rear View (1) rear cover Detach when removing jammed paper. (2) power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord. (3) USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer. (4) wired LAN connector Plug in the LAN cable to connect the machine to a LAN. Important • Do not touch the metal casing. • Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the computer.
Inside View (1) card slot Insert a memory card. Before Inserting the Memory Card (2) Access lamp Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status. Inserting the Memory Card (3) ink lamps Lights or flashes to indicate the ink tank status. Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps (4) print head holder The print head is pre-installed. Note • For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink.
Operation Panel * All buttons and lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes. Only available buttons will be lit. (1) ON button Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed. Turning the Machine On and Off (2) POWER lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on. (3) HOME button Used to display the HOME screen.
Note • When buttons on the operation panel are touched, the machine generates keypad or alarm sounds as necessary. The sound volume can be adjusted in Sound control of Device user settings.
Power Supply Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 267
Confirming that the Power Is On The POWER lamp is lit when the machine is turned on. Even if the buttons on the operation panel and the touch screen display are off, if the POWER lamp is lit, the machine is on. Note • It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine. • The buttons on the operation panel and the touch screen display will turn off if the machine is not operated for about 5 minutes. To restore the display, touch the touch screen.
Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1. Touch the ON button to turn on the machine. The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit. Confirming that the Power Is On Note • It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine.
Important • When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine, be sure to confirm that the POWER lamp is off. Note • You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything unusual described below. • • • • • The power plug/power cord is hot. The power plug/power cord is rusty. The power plug/power cord is bent. The power plug/power cord is worn. The power plug/power cord is split. Caution • If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord and call for service.
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below. Important • When you unplug the power cord, touch the ON button, then confirm that the POWER lamp is off. Unplugging the power cord while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced. 1. Touch the ON button to turn the machine off. 2. Confirm that the POWER lamp is off. 3. Unplug the power cord.
Using the Operation Panel The operation panel consists of the touch screen (A) and buttons (B) that light up. Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying, scanning, and other functions. The HOME screen comprises three separate screens. * The screen display may differ depending on your model. A: touch screen Lightly touch a menu, button, or icon on the screen with your finger tip.
• Strongly pressing the touch screen. • Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger (especially with sharpened tips, such as on ballpoint pens, pencils, or nails). • Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands. • Placing any objects on the touch screen. Tap Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release. Use to select an item or photo on the screen. Touch Touch lightly with your finger tip.
Use to view lists of items or move sliders. An Operation Example of the touch screen Example: The touch screen operation on the photo selection screen in Photo print Flick your finger left or right on a photo to display the next or previous photo. You can also tap the marks C to do the same. To move continuously forwards or backwards through photos, hold your touch on either of the marks C. Tap D to switch to a screen that displays multiple photos.
Flick left or right and tap the date of photos to display. Tap F to enlarge/reduce the photo. Tap K to enlarge the photo and L to reduce it. Drag your finger on the photo to display the part you want to see. Tap G to display the Settings screen. Drag the screen up or down and tap an item to select.
This opens another list of items. Drag it in the same manner and tap a setting.
Changing Settings Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Mac OS) Changing Settings from Operation Panel Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer 278
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows) Changing the Print Options Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 279
Changing the Print Options You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software. Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off. The procedure for changing the print options is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab The Print Options dialog box opens. Note • When you use the XPS printer driver, the functions available to you are different.
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows: Registering a Printing Profile 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
Important • To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options..., and check each item. Note • When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings. Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print settings again. Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1.
Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver. The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows: Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Execute power off Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list according to the same procedure. Note • When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto Power On setting. When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable, "Printer is offline" is displayed.
Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc. Using this function may lower the print speed. The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows: Quiet Settings 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab The Quiet Settings dialog box opens.
Note • The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.
Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation. The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows: Custom Settings 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Make sure that the printer is on, and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item. Important • Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise, characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel Changing Settings from Operation Panel Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Home screen background color Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting ECO settings Quiet setting 289
Changing Settings from Operation Panel This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps to specify Extended copy amount as an example. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Device settings. The Device settings screen is displayed. 4. Tap setting item to adjust. The setting screen for the selected item is displayed. 5. Tap setting item. 6. Tap setting to specify.
You can select the setting menus below. Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Home screen background color Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting Note • You can use the machine considering the environment, such as setting 2-sided printing as default or enabling the machine to turn on/off automatically. ECO settings • You can reduce the operating noise when printing at night.
Print settings • Prevent paper abrasion Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged. Important • Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality. • Extended copy amount Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full). Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page.
LAN settings • Change LAN Enables either wireless LAN, wired LAN, or direct connection. You can also disable all. • Wireless LAN setup Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection. Note • You can also enter this setting menu by selecting LAN settings on the HOME screen. In this case, enable wireless LAN. ◦ Cableless setup Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the machine directly from a device (such as a smartphone) without operating the wireless router.
Wireless LAN security Inactive/WEP(64bit)/WEP(128bit)/WPA-PSK(TKIP)/WPA-PSK(AES)/WPA2PSK(TKIP)/WPA2-PSK(AES) IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters) IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX.
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters) Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters) ("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.) ◦ Direct connection setting list The list of direct connection settings of this machine is displayed on the touch screen. The following setting items are displayed.
You can print out the network settings of the machine such as its IP address and SSID. For more information on the machine's network setting is printed out: Printing Network Settings Important • The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care. • Other settings Important • You cannot select the items below when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN. ◦ Set printer name Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note • You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices. ◦ LPR protocol setting Enables/disables the LPR setting. ◦ PictBridge communication Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. ■ Enable/disable communication Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. ■ Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length.
Device user settings • Date display format Changes the display format of dates when printed. Note • When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings screen in printing from a memory card, the date is printed in the date display format you selected. Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel • Read/write attribute Selects whether to allow data to be written onto memory cards from a computer. Important • Remove the memory card before changing this setting.
◦ Auto power on Selecting ON enables the machine to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the machine. • You can also enter this setting menu by selecting ECO settings and Energy saving settings on the HOME screen. ECO settings • Serial number Displays machine's serial number.
PictBridge print settings You can change the print settings when printing from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device when you want to print according to the settings on the machine.
brighter to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each scene with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print. Note • As a default, photos on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device are printed with auto correction applied. • If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction. 6. Red-EyeCorrection Select ON to correct red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.
Note • If your printable disc is the recommended disc, tap Recommended disc for the suitable density printing. If not, tap Other disc.
Language selection Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen.
Home screen background color Selects the background color of the HOME screen. You can select black or white.
Firmware update You can update the firmware of the machine, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification screen, a DNS server and a proxy server. Note • Only Check current version is available when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN in LAN settings. • Install update Performs the firmware update of the machine. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the on-screen instructions to perform update.
Cassette settings By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings. For details: Paper Settings • Register cassette paper info Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette.
Reset setting You can set the settings back to the default. • Web service setup only Sets the Web service settings back to the default. • LAN settings only Sets the LAN settings other than the administrator password back to the default. • Settings only Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default. • Device info sending setting only Sets only the device information sending settings back to the default. • Reset all Sets all settings you made to the machine back to the default.
ECO settings This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn on/off the machine automatically to save electricity. Using Duplex Printing Using Power Saving Function Using Duplex Printing Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap ECO settings. Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Two-sided printing setting. 4. Specify settings as necessary. A.
Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Energy saving settings. 4. Specify settings as necessary. A. Tap to specify the length of time to turn the machine off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the machine. Note • When Writable from USB PC is selected for Read/write attribute under Device user settings, the Auto power off setting is invalid. B. Tap to select the setting.
Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night. Follow the procedure below to perform setting. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Quiet setting. Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Use quiet mode. The confirmation screen is displayed and the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon. Activate this setting to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer 311
Setting Up Card Slot as Memory Card Drive of Computer The card slot of the machine can also be used as the memory card drive of the computer. Important • When Read/write attribute in Device user settings under Device settings is set to Writable from USB PC using the operation panel of the machine, you cannot print photos on a memory card using the operation panel of the machine.
Important • If you use the card slot as the memory card drive of the computer, you need to perform a "safe removal" operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from your machine. • For Windows: Right-click the Removable Disk icon and click Eject. If Eject is not displayed on the screen, make sure the Access lamp is not flashing and remove the memory card. • For Mac OS: Drag the (Mount drive) icon into the Trash.
Network Connection Network Connection Tips 314
Network Connection Tips Default Network Settings Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen Another Printer Found with Same Name Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection Printing Network Settings 315
Default Network Settings LAN Connection Defaults Item Default Change LAN Disable LAN SSID BJNPSETUP Communication mode Infrastructure Wireless LAN security Disable IP address (IPv4) Auto setup IP address (IPv6) Auto setup Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX Enable/disable IPv6 Enable Enable/disable WSD Enable Timeout setting 1 minute Enable/disable Bonjour Enable Service name Canon MG7700 series LPR protocol setting Enable PictBridge communication Enable Wired LAN DRX setting Enable
Another Printer Found with Same Name When the printer is found during setup, other printers with the same name may appear on the results screen. Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen. • For Windows: Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results. • For Mac OS: The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by Bonjour.
Connecting to Another Computer via LAN/Changing from USB to LAN Connection For Windows: For Mac OS: For Windows: To add a computer to connect to the machine on a LAN or to change from USB to LAN connection, perform setup using the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. For Mac OS: To connect an additional computer to the machine via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, follow the instructions on the Canon website.
Printing Network Settings Use the operation panel to print the machine's current network settings. Important • The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper. 3. Flick HOME screen and tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel The menu screen appears. 4. Tap Device settings. 5. Tap LAN settings. 6. Tap Confirm LAN settings. 7. Tap Print LAN details. 8. Tap Yes.
Encryption Encryption method None/WEP/TKIP/AES WEP Key Length WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64 Authentication Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%] TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.
Default Gateway *2 Default gateway XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX IPsec *3 IPsec setting Active Security Protocol *3 Security method – Wired LAN Wired LAN Enable/Disable MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX/Disable Connection Wired LAN status Active/Inactive TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.
Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Secondary Server Secondary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535 ("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.) *1 Channel may range from 1 to 11 depending on country or region of purchase. *2 Network status is only printed when IPv6 is enabled.
Network Communication (Windows) Checking and Changing Network Settings IJ Network Tool (Network Connection) IJ Network Tool (Other Screens) Network Communication Tips 323
Checking and Changing Network Settings IJ Network Tool Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet Changing WEP Detailed Settings Changing WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status Changing Settings in Direct Connection Initializing Network Settings Viewing Modified Settings 324
IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings. It is installed when the machine is set up. Important • To use the machine over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type, such as a wireless router or a LAN cable. • Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing. • Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running.
Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings. Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Note • Enter the same SSID that the wireless router is configured to use. The SSID is case-sensitive. Encryption Method: Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN. You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration.... Changing WEP Detailed Settings You can change WPA/WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA/WPA2 and clicking Configuration....
Changing WEP Detailed Settings Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings. 1. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:.
2. Key Length: Select either 64bit or 128bit. 3. Key Format: Select either ASCII or Hex. 4. Key ID: Select the Key ID (index) set to the wireless router. 5. Authentication: Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer's access to the wireless router. Normally, select Auto. If you want to specify the method manually, select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the wireless router. 7. Click OK.
Changing WPA/WPA2 Detailed Settings Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.
8. Enter passphrase and click Next>. Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value. If you do not know the wireless router passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) automatically.
Important • If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure encryption types for the computer and the wireless router match that set to the printer. Note • Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer. In this case, reset Set as Default Printer.
Changing Settings in Wired LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • Enable the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet. 1. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3. Select Configuration... on Settings menu. 4. Click Wired LAN tab. The Wired LAN sheet is displayed. For more on the Wired LAN sheet, see Wired LAN Sheet. 5. Change or check settings.
Changing Settings in Admin Password Sheet Note • You cannot change the settings when using the direct connection (access point mode). 1. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3. Select Configuration... on Settings menu. 4. Click Admin Password tab. The Admin Password sheet is displayed. For more on the Admin Password sheet, see Admin Password Sheet. 5. Change or check settings. To use an administrator password, select the Use admin password check box and enter a password.
Monitoring Wireless Network Status Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • When using the machine over the wired LAN, you cannot monitor network status. 1. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3. Select Status on View menu. The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance. 1. Signal Strength: Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer, ranging from 0% to 100%. 2.
6. Check status. When the measurement is complete, the status is displayed. When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router:, the printer can communicate with the wireless router. Otherwise, refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link, and click Remeasurement. • Check that the printer and the wireless router are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them.
The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference. Try to keep the printer and the wireless router away from such sources. • Check if the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby. If the radio channel of the wireless router is close to that of other wireless routers nearby, the connection performance may become unstable.
Changing Settings in Direct Connection Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • Depending on the printer you are using, "Direct connection" may be referred to as "Access point mode" in the manuals. • You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN. 1. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select Set up printer's direct connection... on Settings menu. The Direct Connection Setup of the Printer screen is displayed. 3.
Important • You cannot change the encryption method or password depending on the printer you are using. • If you cannot change the settings from the screen above, you can update the SSID (access point name) and password at the same time using the operation panel (You cannot change the encryption method.). For details, search for "UG500"/"UG501" on your printer's Online Manual and see the instructions shown. 7. Click Settings. The setting information is sent to the printer.
Initializing Network Settings Important • Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine, and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network becomes impossible. To use the machine over network, use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to perform setup. 1. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer in Printers:. 3. Select Maintenance... on Settings menu. The Maintenance screen is displayed. 4. Click Initialize. 5.
Viewing Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed after you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen. When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen, the following screen is displayed for checking the modified settings.
IJ Network Tool (Network Connection) Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Configuration Screen Wireless LAN Sheet Search Screen WEP Details Screen WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Authentication Type Confirmation Screen PSK:Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Setup Information Confirmation Screen Wired LAN Sheet Admin Password Sheet Network Information Screen Access Control Sheet Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen/Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Edit Accessible IP Address Screen/Add Accessible IP Address Screen
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 1. Printers: The printer name, status, printer model name, and port name are displayed. A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer.
Note • This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu. 3. Configuration... Click to configure settings of the selected printer. Configuration Screen Note • You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found. • This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Settings menu. Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 1. File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool. 2.
• If No Driver is displayed for the name, associate the port with the printer. When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port • If Not Found is displayed for the status, check the followings: • The wireless router is turned on. • When using wired LAN, the LAN cable is connected properly. • If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure the printer is turned on and select Refresh. It may take several minutes to detect printers.
This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it. Maintenance... Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive. Maintenance Screen Set up printer's direct connection... You can change or check the direct connection (access point mode) settings. Changing Settings in Direct Connection 4.
Configuration Screen You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings. The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet. Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. For more on each sheet, see the following.
Wireless LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection. To display the Wireless LAN sheet, click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen. 1. Network Type: Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected. Infrastructure Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with a wireless router. Direct Connection Connects external wireless communication devices (e.g.
As the initial settings, the unique value is displayed. 3. Search... The Search screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect to. Search Screen Note • When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN, the button is grayed out and cannot be selected. Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings. 4. Encryption Method: Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN. Do not use Select to disable encryption.
Search Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The wireless routers detected are listed. 1. Detected Wireless Routers: The signal strength from the wireless router, encryption type, name of wireless router, and the radio channel can be checked. Important • If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.
3. Set Click to set the wireless router's SSID in SSID: on the Wireless LAN sheet. Note • The WPA/WPA2 Details screen or the WEP Details screen appears if the selected wireless router is encrypted. In this case, configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the wireless router. • Wireless routers that cannot be used by this machine (including those configured to use different encryption methods) are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured.
WEP Details Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Specifies the printer WEP settings. Note • When changing the password (WEP key) of the printer, the same change must be made to the password (WEP key) of the wireless router. 1. WEP Key: Enter the same key as the one set to the wireless router. The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format.
WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Specify the printer WPA/WPA2 settings. The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings. 1. Authentication Type: Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication. This machine supports the PSK authentication method. 2. Dynamic Encryption Type: Displays the dynamic encryption method. 3. Change Settings... Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen.
Authentication Type Confirmation Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed. 1. Authentication Type Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed. PSK This machine supports the PSK authentication method. This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase.
PSK:Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method. 1. Passphrase: Enter the passphrase set to the wireless router. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value. If you do not know the wireless router passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. 2.
Setup Information Confirmation Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Displays the settings used for client authentication. Check the settings and click Finish.
Wired LAN Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection. To display the Wired LAN sheet, click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen. 1. TCP/IP Setup: Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your network environment. Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server.
Admin Password Sheet Sets a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation. To display the Admin Password sheet, click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen. 1. Use admin password Sets an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options. To use this feature, select this check box and enter a password. 2. Password: Enter the password to set. 3. Password Confirmation: Enter the password again for confirmation.
Network Information Screen Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers. To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu. 1. OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 2. Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard.
Access Control Sheet Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access. To display the Access Control sheet, click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen. 1. Printer Access Control Type: Select the type of access control with which to limit access of computers or network devices to the printer over a network.
1. Enable printer access control(MAC address) Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address. Note • The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time. An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type:.
1. Enable printer access control(IP address) Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address. Note • The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time. An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control Type:.
5. Delete Deletes the selected IP address from the list.
Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen/Add Accessible MAC Address Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen. 1. MAC Address: Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access. 2. Comment: Optionally enter any information to identify the device, such as the name of the computer. Important • Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them.
Edit Accessible IP Address Screen/Add Accessible IP Address Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen. 1. Specification Method: Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address(es). Single Address Specification Specify each IP address separately. Range Specification Specify a range of successive IP addresses. 2.
IJ Network Tool (Other Screens) Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Status Screen Connection Performance Measurement Screen Maintenance Screen Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Associate Port Screen Network Information Screen 366
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Items on Canon IJ Network Tool Screen The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 1. Printers: The printer name, status, printer model name, and port name are displayed. A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer.
Note • This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu. 3. Configuration... Click to configure settings of the selected printer. Configuration Screen Note • You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found. • This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Settings menu. Canon IJ Network Tool Menus The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 1. File menu Exit Exits IJ Network Tool. 2.
• If No Driver is displayed for the name, associate the port with the printer. When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port • If Not Found is displayed for the status, check the followings: • The wireless router is turned on. • When using wired LAN, the LAN cable is connected properly. • If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure the printer is turned on and select Refresh. It may take several minutes to detect printers.
This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it. Maintenance... Displays the Maintenance screen to return the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive. Maintenance Screen Set up printer's direct connection... You can change or check the direct connection (access point mode) settings. Changing Settings in Direct Connection 4.
Status Screen You can check the printer status and connection performance. To display the Status screen, select Status from the View menu. Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. • When using wired LAN, Signal Strength:, Link Quality: and Advanced Measurement... are not available. 1. Device Status: The device status is displayed as Available or Unavailable. 2. Signal Strength: Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer, ranging from 0% to 100%. 3.
Connection Performance Measurement Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. Displays to execute the connection performance measurement. Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen) Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Completion Screen) Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen) Click Next> to start measurement. Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Completion Screen) Displays when the measurement is finished.
1. Connection performance between the printer and the wireless router: A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the wireless router. : Good connection performance : Unstable connection performance : Cannot connect : Measurement is canceled, or cannot measure 2. Remeasurement Measures the connection performance again.
Maintenance Screen Displays to perform Setting Initialization and Network Setup of the Card Slot. To display the Maintenance screen, select Maintenance... on the Settings menu. 1. Setting Initialization Returns all the network settings of the printer to factory default. Click Initialize to display the Initialize Settings screen and click Yes to initialize the network settings of the printer. Do not turn off the printer during initialization. Click OK when initialization is complete.
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To make sure whether this function is available with your printer, refer to List of Function for Each Model. Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer. Displays when you click Setup on the Maintenance screen.
1. Skip Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot. 2. Retry Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re-executes the network drive mapping. 3. Cancel Cancels the card slot setup. When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN, the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked.
Associate Port Screen Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver. Select the printer for which you want to change the association and click OK. Note • You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port. 1. Model: Displays the name of device specified as a destination port. It is blank if the name of device is not detected. 2. Printer: Displays the printer driver installed in the computer.
Network Information Screen Displays the network information that is set for the printers and the computers. To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu. 1. OK Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen. 2. Copy All Information All network information displayed is copied to the clipboard.
Network Communication Tips Using Card Slot over Network When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port Technical Terms Restrictions Firewall 379
Using Card Slot over Network Note • This function is not available depending on the printer you are using. To make sure whether this function is available with your printer, refer to List of Function for Each Model. Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network Mounting Card Slot as Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network. To mount the card slot as the network drive, follow the procedure below. 1. Insert memory card into card slot. 2.
7. Make sure card slot is mounted. When the card slot is mounted, the following icon appears on Computer (or My Computer). Restrictions on Card Slot Use over Network • The card slot can be shared by multiple computers, if the machine is connected to a network. Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time. However, while one computer is writing a file into a memory card, other computers cannot access the same file.
When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port If No Driver is displayed for the printer's name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen, the printer driver is not associated with a created port. To associate a port with a printer driver, follow the procedure below. 1. Start up IJ Network Tool. 2. Select printer displayed as No Driver on Name. 3. Select Associate Port... on Settings menu. The Associate Port screen is displayed. 4. Select printer to associate with port.
Technical Terms In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained. A B C D F I K L M O P R S T U W A • Access point mode The machine is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g. computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no wireless router is available. You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode (direct connection).
When using WEP as an encryption method, the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key. For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK. ◦ Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the wireless router. ◦ Open System In this authentication method, the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use WEP is selected.
F • Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation system for computer. I • IEEE 802.11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps. • IEEE 802.11g International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps. Compatible with 802.
◦ Hex Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f). • Key Length Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key. L • Link Quality The status of the connection between the wireless router and the printer excluding noise (interference) is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%. • LPR A platform-independent printing protocol used in TCP/IP networks.
S • Signal Strength The strength of the signal received by the printer from the wireless router is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%. • SSID Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router name. SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference. The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other.
• WEP/WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4. • Wi-Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802.11 specification. This machine is a Wi-Fi authorized product.
PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software.
Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN, the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems, you should set a network key (WEP or WPA/WPA2) to the wireless router to encrypt wireless transmission. Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed. Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.
Firewall A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer, and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network. Precautions When Firewall Function is Enabled • A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer. This may disable printer setup and communications.
Ensuring Optimal Printing Results Ink Tips Printing Tips Check Paper Settings Before Printing Set Cassette Paper Information After Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Keeping Print Quality High Transporting Your Printer 392
Ink Tips How is ink used for various purposes other than printing? Ink may be used for purposes other than printing. When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the succeeding ink tanks.
Printing Tips Check the machine status before printing! • Is the print head OK? If a print head nozzle is clogged, print will be faint and papers will be wasted. Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head. Maintenance Procedure • Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink? After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing, the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink. Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning.
Check Paper Settings Before Printing Before printing, make paper settings in the operation panel or the computer screen. There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality.
Set Cassette Paper Information After Loading Paper When you insert a cassette into the machine after loading paper, the screen for setting the type and size of paper is displayed. Set the cassette paper information according to the type and size of loaded paper. To prevent incorrect printing, this machine has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings.
Canceling a Print Job Never touch the ON button! If you touch the ON button while printing is in progress, the print data sent from the computer queues in the machine and you may not be able to continue to print. Touch the Stop button to cancel printing.
Keeping Print Quality High The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging. Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality. Note • Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paintstick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Transporting Your Printer When relocating the machine for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following. Important • Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport. • With the print head and ink tank left installed in the machine, touch the ON button to turn off the power. This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying It may be unlawful to make copies of, scan, print, or use reproductions of the following documents. The list provided is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction.
Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution (dpi) 9600* (horizontal) x 2400 (vertical) * Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/9600 inch at minimum. Interface USB Port: Hi-Speed USB *1 LAN Port: Wired LAN: 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2 *1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be used at USB 1.1.
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed. Print Head/Ink Total 6656 nozzles (PgBK 1024 nozzles, Y/DyeBK each 512 nozzles, C/M/GY each 1536 nozzles) Copy Specifications Multiple copy max. 99 pages Intensity adjustment 9 positions, Auto intensity (AE copy) Reduction / Enlargement 25 % - 400 % (1 % unit) Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA Mac OS: ICA Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5" x 11.
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method) WCN (WCN-NET) Cableless setup Other Features: Administration password Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here. Windows Operating System Windows 8.1*, Windows 8 Windows 7, Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32-bit only * Windows 8.1 includes Windows 8.1 Update. Hard Disk Space 3.1 GB Note: For bundled software installation.
• Windows: .NET Framework 4 or 4.5 must be installed to use the Windows software. • Windows: XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP. • Windows: The TWAIN driver (ScanGear) is based on the TWAIN 1.9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system. • Mac OS: For Mac OS, an internet connection is required during software installation. • In an in-house network environment, the 5222 port must be open. Contact the network administrator for details.
Information about Paper Media Types You Can Use Paper Load Limit Media Types You Cannot Use Before Printing on Art Paper Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Letter, Legal Sizes for Art Paper Envelopes Printable Discs 406
Media Types You Can Use To get the best printing result, choose paper suitable for printing. Canon provides various types of paper suitable for documents as well as paper suitable for photos or illustrations. We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos. Media Types Commercially available papers • Plain Paper (including recycled paper) • Envelopes*1 • T-Shirt Transfers*1 Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets.
Printing from Digital Camera • You can use non-Canon genuine art paper. For details, access our website. You cannot print in the top and bottom 1.38 inch (35 mm) margins of the paper (in the printing direction). Sizes for Art Paper Before Printing on Art Paper Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes. Note • You can load the page sizes as follows.
* You can use non-Canon genuine specialty paper that is up to 53 lb (200 g /m2). Do not use heavier or lighter paper (except for Canon genuine paper), as it could jam in the machine. Notes on Storing Paper • Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing. • To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
Paper Load Limit Commercially Available Papers Media Name Cassette 1 Cassette 2 Paper Output Tray Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 N/A*2 Approx. 125 sheets Approx.
Paper for printing business documents: Media Name High Resolution Paper Cassette 1 N/A*2 Cassette 2 65 sheets Paper Output Tray 50 sheets *1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature or humidity). In such cases, reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half. *2 Feeding paper from the cassette 1 can damage the machine.
Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also the machine to jam or malfunction.
Before Printing on Art Paper When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be removed on art paper just before printing. You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office automation equipment). The wider the brush, the more effective it will be. OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair. Important • Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.
Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Letter, Legal Sizes for Art Paper Envelopes Printable Discs 415
Printing Area To ensure the best print quality, the machine allows a margin along each edge of media. The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins. Recommended printing area : Canon recommends that you print within this area. Printable area : The area where it is possible to print. However, printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision. Note • With performing Automatic Duplex Printing and Duplex (Two-sided) Copying, the printable area will be 0.
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes Size Printable Area (width x height) A5 5.56 x 7.95 inches (141.2 x 202.0 mm) A4 8.00 x 11.38 inches (203.2 x 289.0 mm) B5 6.90 x 9.80 inches (175.2 x 249.0 mm) 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) 3.73 x 5.69 inches (94.8 x 144.4 mm) 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) 4.73 x 6.69 inches (120.2 x 169.8 mm) 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) 7.73 x 9.69 inches (196.4 x 246.0 mm) Recommended printing area A: 1.59 inches (40.4 mm) B: 1.47 inches (37.4 mm) Printable area C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.
Letter, Legal Size Printable Area (width x height) Letter 8.00 x 10.69 inches (203.2 x 271.4 mm) Legal 8.00 x 13.69 inches (203.2 x 347.6 mm) Recommended printing area A: 1.59 inches (40.4 mm) B: 1.47 inches (37.4 mm) Printable area C: 0.12 inch (3.0 mm) D: 0.20 inch (5.0 mm) E: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) F: 0.25 inch (6.
Sizes for Art Paper A limit is set to prevent printing along a 1.38 inch (35 mm) margin on the top and bottom edges when a paper size for art paper is selected in the printer driver. We recommend checking the printing area in the preview screen before printing. A4 Size Recommended Printing Area (width x height) A4 (art paper, 1.38 inch (35 mm) margin) 8.00 x 8.94 inches (203.2 x 227.0 mm) Recommended printing area A: 1.38 inches (35.0 mm) B: 1.38 inches (35.0 mm) C: 0.13 inch (3.4 mm) D: 0.13 inch (3.
B: 1.38 inches (35.0 mm) C: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm) D: 0.25 inch (6.
Envelopes Size Recommended Printing Area (width x height) Envelope DL 3.88 x 7.20 inches (98.8 x 183.0 mm) Envelope Com 10 3.68 x 8.04 inches (93.5 x 204.3 mm) Recommended printing area A: 0.31 inch (8.0 mm) B: 1.14 inches (29.0 mm) C: 0.22 inch (5.6 mm) D: 0.22 inch (5.
Printable Discs The printing area of the printable disc is from 0.67 inch (17 mm) of the internal diameter to 0.04 inch (1 mm) from the external diameter of the printing surface. Recommended printing area A: 0.67 inch (17.0 mm) B: 0.04 inch (1.
Administrator Password Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is specified at the time of purchase. The password is either "canon" or the printer serial number if it is specified. Model whose administrator password is specified as "canon": • The administrator password is specified as "canon" for the models below.
Authentication Enter the password when the authentication screen is displayed. Administrator Password You need to enter the user name as well as the password depending on the printer you are using. For more on the user name, see the link above. Important • A message to warn you that the identification information is not verified may be displayed depending on the printer you are using. • For security reasons, we recommend you change the password. Note • Use an OS or web browser below to use Remote UI.
Where Serial Number Is Located The printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers). Example: Note • The printer serial number is written on the warranty. • Depending on the printer you are using, you can check the serial number by printing out the network setting information of the printer. For more on printing, search for "NR044" on your printer's Online Manual and see the instructions shown.
List of Function for Each Model See below to check the models you can/cannot use the card slot via a network.
Printing Printing from Computer Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Using Operation Panel Printing from Digital Camera Paper Settings 427
Printing from Computer Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing from Application Software (Mac OS Printer Driver) Printing Using Canon Application Software Printing Using a Web Service Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac 428
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver) Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Overview of the Printer Driver Printer Driver Description Updating the MP Drivers 429
Printing with Easy Setup This section describes the simple procedure for setting the Quick Setup tab so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer. 1. Check that the printer is turned on 2. Load paper on the printer 3. Open the printer driver setup window 4. Select a frequently used profile In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select a printing profile suited for the purpose.
Important • The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile. 6. Check the paper source Check that Paper Source is set to Cassette. Important • The paper size determines whether the cassette 1 or cassette 2 is used. The cassette to be used is displayed below Paper Source. 7.
Click OK. When you execute print, the document is printed with settings that match your purpose. Important • When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box, all settings specified on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved, and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well. • In the Commonly Used Settings window, click Save... to register the specified settings.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results. You can use the following media types on this printer.
Canon genuine papers (Original Products) Media name
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results. You can use the following paper sizes on this printer. Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter Letter (Art Paper Margin 35) Letter Legal 8.
Various Printing Methods Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Fit-to-Page Printing Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing Tiling/Poster Printing Booklet Printing Duplex Printing Stamp/Background Printing Registering a Stamp Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) Ed
Setting a Page Size and Orientation The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows: You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Specify the number of copies to be printed For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed. 3.
• Print from Last Page: /Collate: 4. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order. Important • When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software.
Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Specify the side to be stapled Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab. The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best staple position. When you want to change the setting, select from the list. 3. Set the margin width If necessary, click Specify Margin...
Note • The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width. Important • Stapling Side and Specify Margin...
Execute Borderless Printing The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area. However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing. 4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider. Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount.
Important • When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print, depending on the size of the paper. Note • When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.
Fit-to-Page Printing The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set fit-to-page printing Select Fit-to-Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3. Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software. 4.
5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.
Scaled Printing The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set scaled printing Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. 3. Select the paper size of the document Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software. 4.
• Specify a scaling factor Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 5. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale. Important • When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function, configure the settings on your application software.
Note • Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper. The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set page layout printing Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver. 3.
Pages To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of pages from the list. Page Order To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list. Page Border To print a page border around each document page, check this check box. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order.
Tiling/Poster Printing The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster. The procedure for performing tiling/poster printing is as follows: Setting Tiling/Poster Printing 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set tiling/poster printing Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box, and then click OK. Image Divisions Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal). As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster. Print "Cut/Paste" in margins To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste", uncheck this check box.
Note • Click the deleted pages to display them again. • Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages. 2. Complete the setup After completing the page selection, click OK. When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed. Important • Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results may become coarse.
Booklet Printing The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center. The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set booklet printing Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
Margin for stapling Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed. Insert blank page To leave one side of a sheet blank, check the check box, and select the page to be left blank. Margin Enter the margin width. The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin width for one page. Page Border To print a page border around each document page, check the check box. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows: You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. Performing Automatic Duplex Printing You can perform the duplex printing without having to turn over the paper. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set automatic duplex printing Check the Duplex Printing check box on the Page Setup tab and confirm that Automatic is checked. 3.
Use normal-size printing Print without reducing the page. Use reduced printing Reduce the page slightly during printing. 5. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list. 6. Set the margin width If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the layout Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list. 4. Specify the side to be stapled The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list. 5. Set the margin width If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK. 6. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
• When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard, print the address side first and then print the message side.
Stamp/Background Printing Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
3. Select a stamp Check the Stamp check box, and select the stamp to be used from the list. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab. 4. Set the stamp details If necessary, specify the following settings, and then click OK. Define Stamp... button To change the stamp text, bitmap, or position, click this. Place stamp over text To print the stamp on the front of the document, check this check box.
Select Background... button To use another background or change the layout or density of a background, click this. Background first page only To print the background only on the first page, check this check box. 5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Page Setup tab. When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified background. Important • When Borderless is selected, the Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) button appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Registering a Stamp This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can create and register a new stamp. You can also change and re-register some of the settings of an existing stamp. Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time. The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows: Registering a New Stamp 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Click Stamp/Background... (Stamp...
4. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window • Stamp tab Select Text, Bitmap, or Date/Time/User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type. ◦ For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color.... ◦ For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used.
6. Complete the setup Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again. The registered title appears in the Stamp list. Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings 1. Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box. Then from the list, select the title of the stamp to be changed. 2. Click Define Stamp... The Stamp Settings dialog box opens. 3. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window 4.
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used. You can select a bitmap file (.bmp) and register it as a new background. You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background. An unnecessary background can be deleted. The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows: Registering New Background 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
4. Select the image data to be registered to the background Click Select File.... Select the target bitmap file (.bmp), and then click Open. 5. Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window Layout Method Select how the background image data is to be placed. When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position. You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window.
3. Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window 4. Save the background Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab. When you want to save the background with a different title, enter a new title in the Title box and click Save. Click OK when the confirmation message appears. 5. Complete the setup Click OK, then it returns to Stamp/Background dialog box. The registered title appears in the Background list. Deleting an Unnecessary Background 1. Click Select Background...
Setting Up Envelope Printing The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows: 1. Load envelope on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select the media type Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab. 4. Select the paper size When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", and then click OK. 5.
Important • When you execute envelope printing, guide messages are displayed. To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box. To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the Canon IJ Status Monitor. Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing. 1. Load postcard on the printer 2. Open the printer driver setup window 3. Select commonly used settings Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard. 4. Select the media type For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or Hagaki. Important • This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
8. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard. Important • When you execute postcard printing, a guide message is displayed. When the guide message is displayed, select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed. To display guide messages again, open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Preview" with "Canon IJ XPS Preview" when reading this information. You can display and check the print result before printing. The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows: You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab. 3.
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size. Such a paper size is called "custom size." The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows: You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Select the paper size Select Custom... for Page Size on the Page Setup tab. The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens. 3.
Important • If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values. • Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user-defined media.
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used. In the Canon IJ XPS preview window, you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document.
Editing and Printing a Print Document When printing multiple documents or pages, you can combine documents, change the print sequence of the documents or pages, or delete documents or pages. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set the preview Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab. 3. Complete the setup Click OK. The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing. 4.
Important • To display the multiple documents in the list, open the preview and execute print again. • To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited in the preview, on the Edit menu, select Reset Documents from Documents. • If the documents to be combined have different print settings, a message may be displayed. Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Adjusting Tone Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Interpreting the ICC Profile Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Pr
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom) The print quality level can be set in the Custom. The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Select the print quality On the Main tab, select Custom for Print Quality, and click Set.... The Custom dialog box opens. 3. Setting the print quality level Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab.
Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 482
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows: You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab. 3. Complete the setup Click OK. When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color document in monochrome.
Related Topic Adjusting Tone 484
Adjusting Tone When printing black and white photos, you can produce the cooling effects of cool colors and the warming effects of warm colors. Cool is selected Standard is selected Warm is selected The procedure for adjusting tone is as follows: 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Select the media type For Media Type on the Main tab, select Photo Paper Plus Glossy II, Photo Paper Pro Platinum, Photo Paper Pro Luster, Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, or Other Fine Art Paper. 3.
Moving the Tone slider to the right brings out the warm colors (warm tones), and moving it to the left brings out the cool colors (cool tones). You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. After adjusting the tones, click OK. 6. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the color document is converted to grayscale data with adjusted tones. It allows you to print the color document in monochrome.
Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed. Normally, the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer. This method is suitable for printing sRGB data. When you want to print by using the color space (sRGB) of the image data effectively, select ICM (ICC Profile Matching).
Driver Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer. ICM (ICC Profile Matching) Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing. Specify the input profile or rendering intent to be used. None The printer driver does not perform color correction. Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile or a printing ICC profile for special Canon paper in an application software to print data. 4.
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor. To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose. Color Management Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color. When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them, use a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management. The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows: 1.
Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 491
Printing with ICC Profiles When the image data has a specified input ICC profile, you can print by using the color space (sRGB) of the data effectively. The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print.
5. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data. Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver, and then Print Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
This method reproduces images by focusing on color tints that most people prefer. Select this method to print photos. • Relative Colorimetric When image data is converted to the color space of the printer, this method converts the image data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions. Select this method to print image data with colors that are close to the original colors. The white spots are reproduced as white spots (background color) on the paper.
Interpreting the ICC Profile When you need to specify the printer profile, select the ICC profile for the paper to print on. The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows. • (1) is the model name of the printer. • (2) is the media type.
Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing. Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger. You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values. Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Cyan/Magenta/Yellow. Important • When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing. Note • Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
Note • Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium. 5. Checking the print results of pattern print On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value. 6. Adjusting the color balance Look at the print results and select the image that you like best.
Note • You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing. This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors. The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed.
4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness.
Adjusting Intensity You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during printing. The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed.
4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity.
Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing. To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
After adjusting each color, click OK. 4. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity/contrast. When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values. Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity/contrast while looking at the pattern. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2.
4. Setting pattern print When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK. Parameters to Adjust Select Intensity/Contrast. Printer Paper Size Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing. Note • Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected. Amount of Pattern Instances Select Largest, Large, or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed.
On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box. On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity/contrast that you set is the center value. 6. Adjusting the intensity/contrast Look at the print results and select the image that you like best. Then enter the intensity/contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color Adjustment tab.
Note • You can also set intensity/contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features. 7. Complete the setup Click OK on the Main tab. Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the intensity/contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Overview of the Printer Driver Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Canon IJ Status Monitor Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Canon IJ Preview Deleting the Undesired Print Job Instructions for Use (Printer Driver) 512
Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer. The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer. Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon. Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing. 1. Select the command that you perform printing on the application software In general, select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box. 2.
Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing. You will know the status of the printer with graphics, icons, and messages. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar. Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar.
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model. 1. Open the printer driver setup window 2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status. The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status. Note • The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer. 3.
Canon IJ Preview The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type settings. When you want to display a preview before printing, open the printer driver setup window, click the Main tab, and check the Preview before printing check box.
Deleting the Undesired Print Job If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ XPS Status Monitor" when reading this information. If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining. Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor. 1. Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears. 2.
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver) This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver. Restrictions on the Printer Driver • With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled. In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same paper size that you specified in Word. 3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window. 4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box. 5. Open Word's Print dialog box again. 6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK. 7. Start printing.
Printer Driver Description Quick Setup tab Description Main tab Description Page Setup tab Description Maintenance tab Description Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ Status Monitor Description 521
Quick Setup tab Description The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items. Commonly Used Settings The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
Envelope If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used. Note • The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected. Save... Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
4-on-1 Printing Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper. To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page Order. Duplex Printing Selects whether to print the document on both sides or one side of a sheet of paper. To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Landscape Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction. You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box. To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box. Print Quality Selects your desired printing quality.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab. Name Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save. Up to 255 characters can be entered. The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab. Options... Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Related Topics Printing with Easy Setup Setting a Page Size and Orientation Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Execute Borderless Printing Duplex Printing Setting Up Envelope Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size) Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver) Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Con
Main tab Description The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab. Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper. You can check an overall image of the layout. The printer illustration shows how to load paper to match the printer driver settings.
Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing. Custom Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually. Set... Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button. Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level. Color/Intensity Selects color adjustment method. Auto Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Note • The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab. Color Adjustment Tab This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Tone, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options.
Intensity Adjusts the overall intensity of your print. Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity. You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. Contrast Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed. Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast.
• The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout. Largest Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 37 Intensity/Contrast 49 Large Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 19 Intensity/Contrast 25 Small Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 7 Intensity/Contrast 9 Color Variation Between Instances Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns. Select from Large, Medium, and Small. Large produces a large amount of change, and Small produces a small amount of change.
Rendering Intent Specifies the matching method to be used when you select ICM (ICC Profile Matching) for Color Correction. Saturation This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method. Perceptual This method reproduces images by focusing on colors that most people find desirable. Select this method to print photos.
Page Setup tab Description The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the application. Settings Preview The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper. You can check an overall image of the layout. Page Size Selects a page size.
Rotate 180 degrees Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction. The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally. Printer Paper Size Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer. The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
Tiling/Poster This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster. Specify... Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box. Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing. Booklet The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper.
Collate Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies. Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together. Important • When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software.
Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border line. Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster. The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Insert blank page Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet. Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list. Margin Specifies the width of the stapling margin. The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet. Page Border Prints a page border line around each document page. Check this check box to print the page border line.
Note • Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver. Disable the color profile setting of the application software Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software. When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver, the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve the problem.
Note • Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver. Prevention of Print Data Loss You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data. Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Print semitransparent stamp Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document. Check the Stamp check box to enable this. Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document page. Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp. Note • You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver.
TrueType Font Selects the font for the stamp text string. Style Selects the font style for the stamp text string. Size Selects the font size for the stamp text string. Outline Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string. If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border. Color/Select Color... Shows the current color for the stamp. To select a different color, click Select Color...
Note • Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab. Note • Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0. Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp. Title Enter the title to save the stamp you created. Up to 64 characters can be entered. Note • Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Note • Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available. • Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the middle. Save settings Tab The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background. Title Enter the title to save the background image you specified. Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Maintenance tab Description The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer. Cleaning Performs print head cleaning. Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles. Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or a specific color fails to print, even though all ink levels are sufficiently high. Deep Cleaning Performs deep cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
Align the print head immediately after installing the print head. When you click Print Head Alignment, the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed. Nozzle Check Prints a nozzle check pattern. Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a nozzle check pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly. If the print result for a specific color is fainted, or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the print head.
Quiet Settings Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box. Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer. This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern, such when printing at night. Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting.
Start Print Head Alignment dialog box This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head, or to print the current setting value for the print head position. Align Print Head Aligns the print head. Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines. Align the print head immediately after installing the print head. Print Alignment Value Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position.
Auto Power Off Selects the auto power-off setting. If a printer driver operation or a printer operation is not performed within the specified time, the printer turns off. Quiet Settings dialog box When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed. Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc. Using this function may lower the print speed.
Align heads manually Usually, the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment. If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment. Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
Canon IJ Preview Description Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type and paper source settings.
• If duplex printing manually has been set, the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together, and then the back pages are displayed. First Page Displays the first page of the document. If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. Previous Page Displays the page located before the currently displayed page. If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Start Printing button Prints the documents selected in the document list. The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes. Cancel Printing button Ends the Canon IJ Preview, and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen. You can click this button while spooling. Print Page Information Screen Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen.
Canon IJ XPS Preview Description Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed. The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. The preview also allows you to edit the print document, edit the print pages, change the print settings, and perform other functions.
Important • If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded, the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one. Add documents from history to the list Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list. Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview. The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list. This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area. Edit Menu Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages.
Delete Document Deletes the selected document from the document list. If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected. This command has the same function as the (Delete Document) on the toolbar. Grayscale Printing Allows you to change the monochrome print settings. This command has the same functionality as the Grayscale Printing check box in the print settings area. Page Layout Printing... Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Move to Last Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document. If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. View Menu Selects the documents and pages to be displayed. Documents Use the following command to select the document to display. First Document Displays the first document in the document list. If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Page Selection... Displays the Page Selection dialog box. This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed. Zoom Menu Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size. You can also select the ratio from the drop-down list box located on the toolbar. Whole Displays the entire page of data as one page. 50% Reduces the displayed data to 50% of the actual size to be printed. 100% Displays the data at the actual size to be printed.
(Combine Documents) Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document. If only one document is selected, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected. (Delete Document) Deletes the selected document from the document list. If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected. (Reset Documents) Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
Pages Displays the number of pages in the print document. Important • The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different. • To check the output page count, check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window. Status Displays the status of the print documents. Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data. Important • Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited. Wait until the data processing ends.
Important • When Grayscale Printing is checked, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable. Tone Sets the color adjustment for monochrome printing. Moving the slider to the right produces warm colors (Warm), and moving the slider to the left produces cool colors (Cool). You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. Important • This function is not available for certain Media Type settings.
Exit Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview. The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list. Print Prints the documents selected in the document list. The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS Preview closes.
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress. The monitor uses graphics, icons, and messages to let you know the printer status. Canon IJ Status Monitor Features The Canon IJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages: You can check the status of the printer on the screen. The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time. You can check the printing progress of each printing document (print job).
Display Print Queue Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue. Cancel Printing Cancels the current print job. Important • The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the printer. Once the print data has been sent, the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable. Option Menu If you select Enable Status Monitor, when a printer related message is generated the Canon IJ Status Monitor starts.
Message (displayed at right) Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences. Ink Model Number Shows the ink tank types for your printer. Close Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor. Help Menu When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.
Updating the MP Drivers Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Before Installing the MP Drivers Installing the MP Drivers 567
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers The MP Drivers include a printer driver and ScanGear (scanner driver). By updating the MP Drivers to the latest version of the MP Drivers, unresolved problems may be solved. You can access our website and download the latest MP Drivers for your model. Important • You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility. • Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers The MP Drivers which you no longer use can be deleted. When deleting the MP Drivers, first exit all programs that are running. The procedure to delete the unnecessary MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Start the uninstaller • If you are using Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, from the Desktop charms, select Settings -> Control Panel -> Programs -> Programs and Features. From the program list, select "XXX MP Drivers" (where "XXX" is your model name) and then click Uninstall.
Before Installing the MP Drivers This section describes the items that you should check before installing the MP Drivers. You should also refer to this section if the MP Drivers cannot be installed. Checking the Printer Status • Turn off the printer. Checking the Personal Computer Settings • Terminate all running applications. • Log on as a user who has the administrator account. Important • Before installing the latest MP Drivers, delete the previously installed version.
Installing the MP Drivers You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers and XPS printer driver for your model. The procedure for installing the downloaded MP Drivers is as follows: 1. Turn off the printer 2. Start the installer Double-click the icon of the downloaded file. The installation program starts. Important • In Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
Printing Using Canon Application Software My Image Garden Guide Easy-PhotoPrint+ Guide 572
My Image Garden Guide You can learn about the operations and screens of My Image Garden. For Windows: Latest Version My Image Garden V3.2.x It is recommended that you use the latest version of the application. Access the Canon website and download the latest application. How to Check the Version Earlier Versions Select the version of your My Image Garden. V3.1.x/V3.0.x V2.1.x V2.0.x V1.1.x For Mac OS: Latest Version My Image Garden V3.2.
Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 574
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.
Getting Google Account To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google Cloud Print in advance. Note • If you already have Google account, register the machine to Google Cloud Print. Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and register the required information. * The screen above may change without prior notice.
Registering Machine with Google Cloud Print The machine can be registered to Google Cloud Print with the following two methods. Registration Using Google Chrome Registration Using Machine Important • If you have not gotten Google account, get it. Getting Google Account • When the machine owner changes, delete its registration from Google Cloud Print.
3. Tap Web service setup. 4. Tap Web service connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup -> Register with Google Cloud Print. Note • If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message to re-register the machine is displayed. 5. When confirmation screen to register machine is displayed, tap Yes. 6. When message to select language on print setting screen of Google Cloud Print is displayed, tap Next. 7.
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically. When printing from a smartphone, tablet, computer, or other external device by using Google Cloud Print, load paper into the machine in advance. You can print with Google Cloud Print with the following two methods. • Printing via internet LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required.
2. Start Google Chrome browser on your computer. 3. Select Sign in to Chrome... from (Chrome menu). 4. Log in to your Google account. 5. Select Print... from (Chrome menu). 6. Select Change... next Destination. 7. Select Canon MG7700 series in Google Cloud Print. 8. Select Print. When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically.
1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Web service inquiry. Note • If you have not registered the machine with Google Cloud Print, Web service inquiry is not displayed. 4. Tap Print from Google Cloud Print. The confirmation screen to check is displayed. 5. Tap Yes. If there is the print data, the machine receives the print data and prints it.
6. Select Change... next Destination. 7. Select Canon MG7700 series in Local Destinations. 8. Select Print. When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically.
Deleting Machine from Google Cloud Print If the machine's owner changes or if you want to re-register the machine, delete it from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below. The machine can be deleted from Google Cloud Print with the following two methods. Deletion Using Google Chrome Deletion Using Machine Important • LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply. Deletion Using Google Chrome 1.
4. Tap Web service connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup -> Delete from Google Cloud Print. 5. When confirmation screen to delete machine is displayed, tap Yes. 6. When message that deletion is complete is displayed, tap OK.
Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note • If you want to print using AirPrint from iOS device, see below. Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Checking Your Environment First, check your environment.
Note • If the machine's Auto Power On function is enabled, the machine is turned on automatically when it receives the print data. 2. Load paper. 3. Perform printing on your application software. Print dialog appears. 4. Select your model name added as AirPrint printer from the Printer list in the Print Dialog. 5. Set the paper size, media type, and other settings as needed. 6. Select Print. When you execute printing, the machine prints according to the specified settings.
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Printing Using a Web Service 589
Printing Directly from Smartphone/Tablet Android Print Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using Machine with Direct Connection Printing by Placing a Smartphone over Machine 590
Android Print Use the Canon printing plug-in Canon Print Service is a printing plug-in for Android 4.4.2 or later, and is available for free on Google Play. Installing and activating the plug-in enables your Android smartphone or tablet to print to a Canon printer over a wireless LAN. Printing via Mopria You can print to a Canon printer from a Mopria compatible Android smartphone or tablet over a wireless LAN. See the Mopria homepage (http://www.mopria.org) for details including supported devices.
Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with iOS Device Using AirPrint to print from your iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, or Mac. AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install drivers, or download apps or software. Note • If you want to print using AirPrint from Mac, see below. Printing from an AirPrint-enabled Printer with Mac Checking Your Environment First, check your environment.
3. Tap operation icon to display menu options from applications of your iOS device. The figure below is an example of when printing from the iPad web browser. The screen differs depending on the devices or applications. 4. Tap Print from menu options. 5. Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options. Important • Because some applications do not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If an application does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that application.
Note • Printer Options differ depending on the application that you are using. 6. When printing file type that has multiple pages, such as PDF file, tap Range and tap All Pages or select range of pages to be printed. 7. For 1 Copy, tap + or - to set number of required copies. 8. For Duplex Printing, tap On to enable duplex printing or tap Off to disable function. 9. Tap Print. When you execute printing, the machine prints according to the specified settings.
Deleting Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods: • From machine: Use Stop button to cancel the print job. • From iOS device: Press the Home button on the iOS device twice to set the Multitasking mode and swipe to the right. Tap the Print Center icon to display a Print Summary. Tap the print job to be canceled and tap Cancel Printing.
Using Machine with Direct Connection Direct connection allows you to print or scan by connecting the machine to a device such as a smartphone or tablet via wireless connection in an environment where a wireless router is not available. In addition, you can connect the machine to a device without a wireless router even where it is available. This section describes following operations for direct connection.
The Change LAN screen is displayed. Note • You can also display the Change LAN screen following the procedure below. 1. Flick HOME screen and tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel 2. Tap Device settings. 3. Tap LAN settings. 4. Tap Change LAN. 3. Tap Activate direct connect.. 4. Tap Yes. The identifier (SSID) for direct connection appears. When a device detects the machine, the device detects the machine by the identifier (SSID). Note • If you tap Details and tap Yes, the following items appear.
Printing Network Settings 1. Turn on wireless communication on your device. Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu. For more on turning on wireless communication, see your device's instruction manual. 2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-MG7700 series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters.) from list displayed on device. 3. Enter password. Your device is connected to the machine.
3. Tap LAN settings. 4. Tap Change LAN. 2. Tap Activate wireless LAN. If you do not use the machine over wireless LAN, select Activate wired LAN or Disable LAN. Changing Direct Connection Setting Change the settings for the direct connection following the procedure below. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Device settings. 4. Tap LAN settings. 5. Tap Other settings. 6. Tap Direct connection settings. 7.
1. Tap touch screen. 2. Enter device name (up to 32 characters). 3. Tap OK to finish entering device name. 4. Tap OK to finish specifying device name. • To change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to the machine Tap C to display the confirmation screen. If you want the machine to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to the machine, tap Yes.
Printing by Placing a Smartphone over Machine The machine supports NFC (Near Field Communication), a short-range wireless communication technology. By placing an NFC-enabled Android smartphone or tablet over the NFC mark on the operation panel of the machine, you can print photos and documents saved on the smartphone or tablet. Before Using NFC Download and install "Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY". Download free from Google Play. Important • May not be available depending on your country or region.
Troubleshooting Cannot Print/Scan from NFC Compliant Device 602
Printing Using a Web Service Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print 603
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Printing with Google Cloud Print The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc.). By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print. Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet Once you register the machine to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to delete the machine from Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.
Printing Using Operation Panel Printing Photo Data Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper Printing Documents (PDF File) Saved on Memory Card Disc Label Printing 607
Printing Photo Data Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card Advanced photo Menu Printing Photo with Trimming Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel Using Useful Display Functions Printing Photo While Viewing Slide Show 608
Printing Photographs Saved on Memory Card You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily. This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Photo print. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load photo paper. 3. Flick HOME screen and tap Photo print. Using the Operation Panel 4. Insert memory card into card slot. The photo selection screen is displayed.
A. Total number of copies Total number of copies is displayed. When tapping, the Check total no. of copies screen is displayed and you can check the number of copies for each photo. On the Check total no. of copies screen, you can change the number of copies for each photo. B. Number of copies Tap to specify the number of copies. 1. Flick vertically to specify the number of copies. Tap to display the photo selection screen. 2. Tap to specify the number of copies.
For details: Using Useful Display Functions D. Settings Tap to display the Settings screen. You can change the settings of page size, media type, and print quality and so on. For more on the setting items: Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel E. Zooming in Tap to zoom in on the photo. For details: Using Useful Display Functions F. Date specification Tap to select photo with specifying the date (last modified date of data).
For details: Using Useful Display Functions G. Multi display Tap to display the multiple photos at once. For more on the display method: Using Useful Display Functions 6. Touch Color button. The machine starts printing. Note • Touch the Stop button to cancel printing. • While processing the print job, you can add the print job (Reserve photo print). Adding Print Job Adding Print Job You can add the print job (Reserve photo print) while printing photos. Follow the procedure below to add the print job.
Note • While processing the print job, you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print settings confirmation screen. The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the print job. 3. Touch Color button. The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing. If you want to print more photos, operate from step 1 again.
Advanced photo Menu The following menus are selectable in the Advanced print menu to print photos saved on the memory card. Trimming print You can edit photo displayed on the touch screen by trimming them and print. Printing Photo with Trimming Slide show You can view the photos saved on the memory card with the slide show.
Printing Photo with Trimming You can edit photo displayed on the touch screen by trimming them and print. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load photo paper. 3. Flick HOME screen and tap Advanced print. Using the Operation Panel 4. Insert memory card into card slot. Note • If you insert the memory card before you select Advanced print on the HOME screen, the photo selection screen in Photo print is displayed.
A. Tap to switch the aspect ratio of the trimming frame. B. Drag to position the trimming frame. C. Drag to set the trimming frame size. D. Tap to finalize your selection of trimming area. When the area to be cropped is specified, the print setting confirmation screen is displayed. 8. Specify settings as necessary. Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies. For the setting items other than Copies: Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel 9. Touch Color button.
Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel You can specify the setting of page size, media type, photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the memory card. Print Settings Screen How to display the print settings screen varies with the print menu. • In Photo print or Slide show: The following screen is displayed by tapping Settings. * In Slide show, the Print settings screen is displayed by tapping Print settings. • In Trimming print: The following screen is displayed before printing.
Note • Depending on the print menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the setting items in Photo print. The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out or not displayed. • Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, on the touch screen.
Note • The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user settings under Device settings under Setup.
Using Useful Display Functions You can display the multiple photos at once, specify the date (last modified date of data) to select photos, and switch the photo group. Viewing Multiple Photos to Select Photo Specifying Date to Select Photo Zooming in on Photo Switching Photo Group Viewing Multiple Photos to Select Photo The following screen is displayed by tapping on the photo selection screen. A. Tap the photo you want to print, the touch screen returns to single photo display. B.
Note • The date is displayed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user settings under Device settings under Setup. Device user settings Zooming in on Photo The following screen is displayed by tapping on the photo selection screen. A. Tap to switch the display magnification. B. Drag to move the display position.
Printing Photo While Viewing Slide Show You can view the photos saved on the memory card with the slide show. In the slide show, the photos are displayed one after another automatically. While viewing the slide show, you can print your favorite photo. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Advanced print. Using the Operation Panel 3. Insert memory card into card slot.
When starting printing, load paper and touch the Color button. Note • You can change the print settings by tapping Print settings. Setting Items for Photo Printing Using Operation Panel • To resume the slide show, tap Resume while the slide show pauses. • You can resume the slide show by tapping Resume while printing. If the printing is not complete, you can print the displayed photo by pausing the slide show again and touching the Color button. • To cancel the slide show, touch the HOME button.
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper You can print a template form such as lined paper, graph paper, or checklist, etc. on A4, B5, or Letter-sized plain paper. Printable template forms Printing template forms Printable template forms The following templates are available: • Notebook paper You can select three line spacing formats. Setting on the touch screen: ◦ Notebook paper 1 (8 mm) ◦ Notebook paper 2 (7 mm) ◦ Notebook paper 3 (6 mm) Note • You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper.
• Staff paper You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves. Setting on the touch screen: ◦ Staff paper 1 (10 staves) ◦ Staff paper 2 (12 staves) • Handwriting paper You can print handwriting paper. Setting on the touch screen: Handwriting paper (3 lines) • Weekly schedule You can print a weekly schedule form. Setting on the touch screen: Weekly schedule (vertical) • Monthly schedule You can print a monthly schedule form.
Printable template forms 6. Specify settings as necessary. 1. Copies Specify the number of copies. 2. Page size Select the page size depending on the loaded paper. Note • Depending on the form, some setting of page size cannot be specified. If it is selected, and Error details are displayed on the touch screen. In this case, tap on the upper left on the touch screen to check the message and change the setting. 3. Type (Media type) The paper type is set to Plain paper. 4.
Printing Documents (PDF File) Saved on Memory Card You can print PDF files made using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden (application software compatible with the machine) from a memory card. Note • You can print PDF files from a memory card which satisfy the following conditions. Other than the following PDF file cannot be printed even if they appear on the document list. • PDF files made using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden (application software compatible with the machine) (Extension: .
Note • If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card, when the memory card is inserted before you select PDF file print, the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed. Tap Print documents in the displayed screen. • If no printable document (PDF files) is saved on the memory card, Data of supported types are not saved. is displayed on the touch screen. 6. Select document to print. File name list Preview display A.
• Characters other than the machine name, IJ Scan Utility, or My Image Garden are displayed on Created with. • The PDF files made using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility and My Image Garden (application software compatible with the machine) are not printable even if they are saved using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden. 7. Specify settings as necessary. 1. Copies Specify the number of copies. 2. Page size Select the page size depending on the loaded paper. 3.
• If the document size is larger than the page size specified on the machine, the document will be printed at a reduced size. In this case, thin lines on the document may not be printed or images may be misaligned. • For some PDF files, an error message may be displayed before printing starts or while printing is in progress. For details, see Message Appears.
Disc Label Printing Copying Label Side of Disc Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label 631
Copying Label Side of Disc You can copy the label of an existing BD/DVD/CD and print it on a printable disc. Important • You cannot print on 3.15 inches / 8 cm printable discs. • Do not attach the disc tray or place the printable disc until the message asking you to set them is displayed. Doing so can damage the machine. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Advanced print. Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Copy label to disc label. The print area setting screen is displayed.
• For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers. 5. Tap printable disc type. Note • If your printable disc is the recommended disc, specify Recommended disc for the suitable density printing. If not, specify Other disc. 6. Follow on-screen instructions to load copy source BD/DVD/CD on platen glass and tap OK. The print setting confirmation screen is displayed. Important • Be sure to load the copy source BD/DVD/CD with its label side down on the center of the Platen Glass.
Note • You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by tapping How to set. The next screen is displayed by tapping Next. Additionally, touching the Stop button returns to the print confirmation screen. • For more on setting the printable disc: Placing a Printable Disc 9. Tap OK. The machine starts copying. Note • Touch the Stop button to cancel copying. • After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally.
Printing Photo from Memory Card onto Disc Label You can print a photograph saved on a memory card onto the disc label of the printable disc. Important • You cannot print on 3.15 inches / 8 cm printable discs. • Do not attach the disc tray or place the printable disc until the message asking you to set them is displayed. Doing so can damage the machine. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Advanced print. Using the Operation Panel 3. Insert memory card into card slot.
B. Tap to specify the inner circle. C. Tap to finalize to specify the print area. Note • Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter, and a value larger than the measured value for the inner diameter. • For information on printable discs, contact their manufacturers. 6. Tap printable disc type.
Placing a Printable Disc 11. Tap OK. The machine starts printing. Note • Touch the Stop button to cancel printing. • After printing, allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried. • To keep the print quality at an optimal level, we recommend you stop printing discs once every ten discs when printing more than ten discs continuously.
Printing from Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings 638
Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device such as a digital camera, camcorder, or mobile phone to the machine through LAN, and print recorded images directly without using a computer. Connectable devices: PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device Printable image data format: The machine accepts images* taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system and PNG files. * Exif 2.2/2.21/2.
You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine. Settings on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device If your PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device does not have a setting menu, change the setting from the machine. Settings on Machine Note • When printing from the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, set the print quality with the operation panel on the machine.
PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Print Settings Settings on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device Settings on Machine Settings on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device This section describes the PictBridge (Wireless LAN) function of the machine. For the print settings on a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, refer to the instructions given in the device's instruction manual.
*2 With a Canon brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device, selecting items with "i" mark allows you to print shooting info (Exif Data) in list format (20-up) or on the margins of the specified data (1-up). (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices.) *3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout (Contact Printing Layout). Available only with a Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device.
Note • If you select Disc label print setting, the Set disc print area screen is displayed to change the disc label print setting.
Paper Settings By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette, you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings. Note • The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the machine and when you print using the printer driver.
Note • Depending on the registered cassette paper information, the screen to make sure whether you apply the registered information to the paper settings for copying is displayed. If you tap Yes, the information is applied to the paper settings for copying.
Check the message and tap OK. When the screen to select the operation is displayed, select one of the operations below. Note • Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed. Print with the loaded paper. Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette without changing the paper settings.
◦ When you print using the printer driver: The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
Copying Making Copies Reducing/Enlarging Copies Basics Two-Sided Copying Special Copy Menu Copying from Smartphone/Tablet 648
Making Copies This section describes the procedure to copy with Copy. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Flick HOME screen and tap Copy. Using the Operation Panel The Copy standby screen is displayed. 4. Load original on platen glass. 5. Specify settings as necessary. A. The copy layout is displayed. Switch the layout (single-sided/2-on-1/two-sided). B. Tap to specify the number of copies. 1. Flick to specify the number of copies. 2. Tap to specify the number of copies.
For more on the setting items: Setting Items for Copying D. Tap to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen. For details: Displaying Preview Screen E. Tap to specify the page size. 6. Touch Color button for color copying, or Black button for black & white copying. The machine starts copying. Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete. Important • Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is completed.
Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy) You can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy). The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job. Load the original on the platen glass and touch the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as the one which you previously touched. Important • When you load the original on the platen glass, move the document cover gently. Note • When Print qlty (print quality) is set High, you cannot add the copying job.
Displaying Preview Screen When is displayed on the Copy standby screen, tapping printout on the preview screen. allows you to preview an image of the Important • In the following conditions, is not displayed when the Copy standby screen is displayed. • 2-sided is selected for 2-sidedPrintSetting. • 2-on-1 copy or 4-on-1 copy is selected for Layout. When either of the conditions above is selected, you can set to display the preview screen after scanning the original is finished.
Setting Items for Copying You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity. Print Settings Screen Note • For more on the print setting screen or the setting item for Photo copy, see Copying Photos. How to display the print setting screen varies with the copy menu. • In Copy: The following screen is displayed by tapping Settings on the Copy standby screen. • In Borderless copy or Frame erase copy: The following screen is displayed before copying.
Note • Depending on the copy menu, some setting items cannot be selected. This section describes the setting items in Copy. The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out. For more on the setting items for Photo copy, see Copying Photos. • Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy menu. If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected, displayed on the touch screen.
Adjust print quality according to the original. Important • If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected, select Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again. • Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or white. 6. Layout Select the layout. Copying Two Pages onto Single Page Copying Four Pages onto Single Page 7. 2-sidedPrintSetting Select whether to perform two-sided copying.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset-ratio copying or fit-to-page copying. The screen below is displayed when you tap Settings in the Copy standby screen and tap Magnif. to select the reduction/enlargement method. A. Tap to display the screen below. 1. Flick to specify the magnification. 2. Tap to specify the magnification. If you keep touching, the magnification is changed by 10 %. B. Flick to specify the magnification. C.
• Preset ratio You can select one of the preset ratios to reduce or enlarge copies. Select the appropriate ratio for size of original and page size. The setting in Magnif.: 70% A4->A5/86% A4->B5/94% A4->LTR/115% B5->A4/141% A5->A4/156% 5x7->LTR/183% 4x6->LTR Note • Some of the preset ratios are not available depending on the country or region of purchase. • Ratio specified copy You can specify the copy ratio as a percentage to reduce or enlarge copies.
Two-Sided Copying When you select 2-sided for 2-sidedPrintSetting in Copy, you can copy two original pages onto the both sides of a single sheet of paper. Select 2-sided and tap OK. If you tap Advanced with 2-sided selected, you can specify the orientation and the stapling side of the original.
• If you are copying in black & white, print intensity of the Two-sided copy may differ from that of a singlesided copy. When checking orientation: When you are using the preview screen, the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you can check the orientation. A. Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees. B. Tap to start scanning the original. C. Tap to rescan the original. When scanning is finished: The screen below appears after scanning each sheet of original. A.
Special Copy Menu The following menus are selectable in the Advanced print menu to copy originals. Borderless copy You can copy images so that they fill the entire page without borders. Copying without Borders Frame erase copy When copying thick originals such as books, you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows. Copying Thick Originals Such as Books Photo copy You can copy all photos you scanned.
Copying Two Pages onto Single Page When you select 2-on-1 copy for Layout in Copy, you can copy two original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image. Tap Settings on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen and select 2-on-1 copy for Layout. Select 2-on-1 copy and tap OK. If you tap Advanced with 2-on-1 copy selected, you can specify the orientation and the order of the original.
If you use this function in combination, select 2-sided for 2-sidedPrintSetting and select the orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen. For more on two-sided copy function: Two-Sided Copying When checking orientation: When you are using the preview screen, the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you can check the orientation. A. Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees. B. Tap to start scanning the original. C. Tap to rescan the original.
• If you use this function in combination with Two-sided copy, the screen above is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is complete. Follow the on-screen instructions to scan the third and fourth sheet of original.
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page When you select 4-on-1 copy for Layout in Copy, you can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image. Four different layouts are available. Select 4-on-1 copy and tap OK. If you tap Advanced with 4-on-1 copy selected, you can specify the orientation and the order of the original. Note • The order is the same regardless of the orientation.
After selecting the order, you can select whether you use the preview screen. If you tap ON, the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation. Note • If Device memory is full. Cannot continue process. appears on the touch screen when scanning, set the print quality to Standard and try copying again. If the problem is not resolved, set the print quality to Draft and try copying again. • This function can be used in combination with Two-sided copy.
Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass and tap Scan. B. Tap to start copying the original already scanned. After scanning the fourth sheet of original, the machine starts copying. Note • You can add the copying job while printing. Adding Copying Job (Reserve copy) • If you use this function in combination with Two-sided copy, the screen above is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is complete.
Copying Thick Originals Such as Books When copying thick originals such as books, you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows. Using this function, you can reduce unnecessary ink consumption. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Flick HOME screen and tap Advanced print. Using the Operation Panel 4. Tap Frame erase copy. 5. Load original document on platen glass. 6. Specify settings as necessary.
Copying without Borders You can copy images on photo paper so that they fill the entire page without borders. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load photo paper. 3. Flick HOME screen and tap Advanced print. Using the Operation Panel 4. Tap Borderless copy. 5. Load original on platen glass. 6. Specify settings as necessary. Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies. For the setting items other than Copies: Setting Items for Copying 7.
Copying Photos You can scan printed photos and print them all at one time. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load photo paper. 3. Flick HOME screen and tap Advanced print. Using the Operation Panel 4. Tap Photo copy. 5. Check on-screen instructions and tap OK. 6. Load printed photo on platen glass following on-screen instructions and tap OK. Note • For more on loading photos on the platen glass: Loading Originals When scanning is complete, the print settings confirmation screen is displayed. 7.
Select the page size of the loaded paper. 3. Type (Media type) Select the media type of the loaded paper. 4. Print qlty (Print quality) Select print quality according to the original. 5. Border (Bordered/Borderless print) Select bordered or borderless print. 6. Photo fix Select No correction, Auto photo fix, or Fade restoration. Note • When No correction is selected, the machine prints the scanned image without correction.
Copying from Smartphone/Tablet Installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY on your smartphone/tablet allows you to perform copy settings or operations from your smartphone/tablet. Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play. 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Load paper. 3. Connect machine and your smartphone/tablet. • Connection with a wireless router: Wireless Connection • Connection without a wireless router: Using Machine with Direct Connection 4.
Scanning Scanning from Computer (Windows) Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Scanning from Operation Panel Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet 672
Scanning from Computer (Windows) Using IJ Scan Utility Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) Other Scanning Methods IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings 673
Using IJ Scan Utility What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? Starting IJ Scan Utility Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basics Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time Saving after Checking Scan Results Sending Scanned Images via E-mail Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR) IJ Scan Utility Screens 674
What Is IJ Scan Utility (Scanner Software)? IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents, photos, etc. You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
Important • Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed. Note • Refer to "Settings Dialog Box" for how to set the applications to integrate with.
Starting IJ Scan Utility Note • If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility. Network Scan Settings Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility. Windows 8.1/Windows 8: Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility. If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "IJ Scan Utility".
Easy Scanning with Auto Scan You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type. Important • The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. • • • • Photos that have a whitish background Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc. Thin items Thick items 1. Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. 2.
Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents. 1. Place the item on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) 2. Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK. 4. Click Document. Scanning starts. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos. 1. Place the photo on the platen. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) 2. Start IJ Scan Utility. 3. Click Settings..., then set the paper size, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK. 4. Click Photo. Scanning starts. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan.
Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand. This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK. Note • Once the settings are made, you can scan with the same settings from the next time. 3.
Scanning Originals Larger than the Platen (Image Stitch) You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported. Note • The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings..., then set the item type, resolution, etc. in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box as required. When setting is completed, click OK.
6. Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face-down on the platen. 7. Click Start Scanning Image 1. The first item is scanned and appears in 1. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 8. Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face-down on the platen.
9. Click Start Scanning Image 2. The second item is scanned and appears in 2. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 10. Adjust the scanned images as required. Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in/out, or drag the images to adjust their positions. Note • Select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved.
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window • To scan an item again, select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen, then click again. (Delete). The selected image is deleted, allowing you to scan the item 11. Click Save. The combined image is saved. Note • Refer to "Image Stitch Window" for details on the Image Stitch window. • You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box displayed by clicking Settings....
Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window "Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. In the Image Stitch window, you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area. Note • Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to adjust cropping frames with ScanGear (scanner driver). Initial Cropping Frame No cropping frame is specified.
Scanning Multiple Originals at One Time You can scan two or more photos (small items) placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually. Important • The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. • • • • Photos that have a whitish background Items printed on white paper, hand-written documents, business cards, etc.
5. Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned. 6. Select Auto scan for Paper Size, then click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box 7. Click Custom. Multiple items are scanned at one time. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog box displayed by clicking Settings....
Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results, then save the images to a computer. Important • You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan or the operation panel. Note • The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings.... The Settings dialog box appears. 3. Click Photo Scan. 4. Select the Check scan results checkbox, then click OK.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 5. Click Photo. Scanning starts. When scanning is completed, the Save Settings dialog box appears. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. 6.
Note • The default save folders are as follows. • Windows 8.1: Documents folder • Windows 8: My Documents folder • Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder 7. Click OK. Scanned images are saved according to the settings.
Sending Scanned Images via E-mail You can send scanned images via e-mail. Note • The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings.... The Settings dialog box appears. 3. Click Photo Scan. 4. Select Attach to e-mail in Application Settings, then select an e-mail client.
Note • You can add e-mail clients to use for attachments from the pull-down menu. • If None (Attach Manually) is selected, manually attach scanned and saved images to e-mail. 5. Click OK. The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears. Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box.
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 6. Click Photo. Scanning starts. When scanning is completed, the specified e-mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog box. • When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog box, the Save Settings dialog box appears.
Extracting Text from Scanned Images (OCR) Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor. Note • You can extract text when scanning via Document, Custom, or ScanGear. • The screens for scanning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings.... The Settings dialog box appears. 3. Click Document Scan. Note • For Resolution, only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings.
Note • If a compatible application is not installed, the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor. Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings (General Settings) dialog box. Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan. • You can add the application from the pull-down menu. 5. Click OK. The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears.
Note • Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog box. Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box 6. Click Document. Scanning starts. When scanning is completed, the scanned images are saved according to the settings, and the extracted text appears in the specified application. Note • Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • Text displayed in your text editor is for guidance only.
IJ Scan Utility Screens IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog Box Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Auto)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Attac
IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Follow the steps below to start IJ Scan Utility. Windows 8.1/Windows 8: Select IJ Scan Utility on the Start screen to start IJ Scan Utility. If IJ Scan Utility is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "IJ Scan Utility". Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP: From the Start menu, select All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Scan Utility > IJ Scan Utility to start IJ Scan Utility.
Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image. Scan/save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box. ScanGear Starts ScanGear (scanner driver) in which you can make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Scan/save settings and applications can be specified in the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box.
Settings Dialog Box There are three tabs in the Settings dialog box: (Scanning from a Computer), (Scanning from the Operation Panel), and (General Settings). When you click a tab, the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab. (Scanning from a Computer) Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden.
Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, the Operation Panel) tab does not appear. (Scanning from the (General Settings) Tab You can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily.
Settings (Auto Scan) Dialog Box Click Auto Scan on the box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog In the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically detecting the item type. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
• Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Refer to "Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)" for how to place items. Note • To reduce moire in scans, set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box or Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, then click Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen.
Important • The save format may differ depending on how you place the item. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files. Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting. High Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server.
Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (Document Scan) Dialog Box Click Document Scan on the Scan) dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Document In the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned. When you select Custom, a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears. Select a Unit, then enter the Width and Height, and then click OK. Note • Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image.
Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned. Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire. Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
In that case, select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog box. (2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images.
• When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Important • This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search. Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu. Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in. Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide.
Settings (Photo Scan) Dialog Box Click Photo Scan on the dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Photo Scan) In the Settings (Photo Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application Settings do not appear. (1) Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected.
Note • Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Important • When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available. Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, or PNG. Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White. Note • With network connection, scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Important • This appears only when JPEG/Exif is selected in Data Format.
Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (Custom Scan) Dialog Box Click Custom Scan on the dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Custom Scan) In the Settings (Custom Scan) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
• To scan the following types of items, specify the item type or size. You cannot scan correctly with Auto. • A4 size photos • Text documents smaller than 2L (5 inches x 7 inches) (127 mm x 178 mm), such as paperback pages with the spine cut off • Items printed on thin white paper • Long narrow items such as panoramic photos • Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected. • Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly.
• Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings. Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. • When Select Source is Auto: Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type. Important • The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect the checkbox and scan.
Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire. Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Note • Use ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab to correct gutter shadows when scanning non-standard size items or specified areas. Refer to "Gutter Shadow Correction" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. • When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network connection.
(2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add...
High Compresses the file size when saving, allowing you to reduce the load on your network/server. Important • This appears only when PDF, PDF (Multiple Pages), or Auto is selected in Data Format. • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search.
Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu. Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in. Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide.
Settings (Scan and Stitch) Dialog Box Click Scan and Stitch on the Stitch) dialog box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (Scan and In the Settings (Scan and Stitch) dialog box, you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden, the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Resolution Image Processing Settings Click (Plus) to set the following. Available setting items vary by Select Source. Important • When Color Mode is Black and White, Image Processing Settings is not available. • When Select Source is Photo: Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image.
• Windows 7: My Documents folder • Windows Vista: Documents folder • Windows XP: My Documents folder Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages). Important • You cannot select JPEG/Exif when Color Mode is Black and White.
If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. (3) Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images. You can specify the application from the pull-down menu.
Settings (ScanGear) Dialog Box Click ScanGear on the box. (Scanning from a Computer) tab to display the Settings (ScanGear) dialog In the Settings (ScanGear) dialog box, you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting ScanGear (scanner driver) and how to respond after saving them. (1) Save Settings Area (2) Application Settings Area Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, the setting items for Application Settings do not appear.
• • • • • Windows 8.1: Documents folder Windows 8: My Documents folder Windows 7: My Documents folder Windows Vista: Documents folder Windows XP: My Documents folder Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, this option does not appear. Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images. You can select JPEG/Exif, TIFF, PNG, PDF, or PDF (Multiple Pages).
Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01" (Year_Month_Date). If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1.8 GB.
Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) Dialog Box Click Save to PC (Auto) on the to PC (Auto)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings (Save In the Settings (Save to PC (Auto)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer after scanning them from the operation panel by automatically detecting the item type. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Paper Size Auto is selected.
Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function. (2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add...
Note • PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the (General Settings) tab of the Settings dialog box are created. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01" (Year_Month_Date). If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in.
Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog Box Click Save to PC (Photo) on the (Save to PC (Photo)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings In the Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as photos after scanning them from the operation panel. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel.
Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the pulldown menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder. The default save folders are as follows. • • • • • Windows 8.1: Documents folder Windows 8: My Documents folder Windows 7: My Documents folder Windows Vista: Documents folder Windows XP: My Documents folder Data Format Set from the operation panel.
Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog Box Click Save to PC (Document) on the (Save to PC (Document)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings In the Settings (Save to PC (Document)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as documents after scanning them from the operation panel. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel.
Note • Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function. Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Note • When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network connection. Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10 degrees) of the document.
Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the pulldown menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder. The default save folders are as follows. • • • • • Windows 8.
Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in. Note • To add an application or folder to the pull-down menu, select Add... from the pull-down menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Application or Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the application or folder. Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Settings (Attach to E-mail (Auto)) Dialog Box Click Attach to E-mail (Auto) on the (Attach to E-mail (Auto)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings In the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Auto)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e-mail after scanning them from the operation panel by automatically detecting the item type.
(2) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add...
Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it. The folder will be created with a name such as "20XX_01_01" (Year_Month_Date). If this checkbox is not selected, files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in. (3) Application Settings Area E-mail Client Specify the e-mail client to use for attaching scanned images.
Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog Box Click Attach to E-mail (Photo) on the (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) dialog box. (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings In the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e-mail as photos after scanning them from the operation panel. (1) Scan Options Area (2) Save Settings Area (3) Application Settings Area (1) Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel.
The default save folders are as follows. • • • • • Windows 8.1: Documents folder Windows 8: My Documents folder Windows 7: My Documents folder Windows Vista: Documents folder Windows XP: My Documents folder Data Format Set from the operation panel. JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it.
Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog Box Click Attach to E-mail (Document) on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab to display the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) dialog box. In the Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) dialog box, you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e-mail as documents after scanning them from the operation panel.
Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets. Note • When you enable this function, scanning may take longer than usual with network connection. Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle (within -0.1 to -10 degrees or +0.1 to +10 degrees) of the document. Important • The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly.
Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add... from the pulldown menu, then click Add in the displayed Select Destination Folder dialog box and specify the destination folder. The default save folders are as follows. • • • • • Windows 8.1: Documents folder Windows 8: My Documents folder Windows 7: My Documents folder Windows Vista: Documents folder Windows XP: My Documents folder Data Format Set from the operation panel.
Settings (General Settings) Dialog Box Click the (General Settings) tab to display the Settings (General Settings) dialog box. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, you can set the product to use, file size restriction on e-mail attachment, language to detect text in images, and folder in which to save images temporarily. Important • When the Settings dialog box is displayed from My Image Garden, some options may not appear.
Instructions Opens this guide. Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings.
Save Settings Dialog Box Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog box to display the Save Settings dialog box after scanning. You can specify the data format and destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results. Important • After scanning from My Image Garden or the operation panel, the Save Settings dialog box does not appear.
(3) Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved. When you save a file, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the "_20XX0101_0001" format. Note • When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox, the date and four digits are appended to the set file name. Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images. To add a folder, select Add...
Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format. • When Black and White is selected in Color Mode, this option does not appear. Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search. Important • This appears only when PDF or PDF (Multiple Pages) is selected in Data Format.
Image Stitch Window Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window. You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image. You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Thumbnail View Area (4) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary depending on the select source and view.
Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item. Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item. Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview. If no area is specified, the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved. If an area is specified, only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved.
Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image. Cancel Cancels Stitch scan. (2) Toolbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images. (Delete) Deletes the image selected in the Thumbnail View area. (Enlarge/Reduce) Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image. Left-clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image. Right-clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image. (Rotate Left) Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
When no image has been scanned: After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1: The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction, and 2 appears next to it. After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2: The two scanned images appear.
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear) What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens Positioning Originals (Sca
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)? ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. It enables you to specify the output size and make image corrections when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with a standard interface called TWAIN. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.) What You Can Do with This Software This software enables you to preview scan results or set document type and output size, etc. when scanning documents.
Scanning with Advanced Settings Using ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Scanning in Basic Mode Scanning in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) 762
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or other applications. Note • Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection. Starting IJ Scan Utility Follow these steps to start ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility.
Scanning in Basic Mode Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)" to scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen. When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), documents are scanned without preview. Important • The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application's manual. Note • To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color). 3. Click Preview. Preview image appears in the Preview area. Important • Preview is not displayed when an ADF type is selected for Select Source. Note • Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source. 4. Set Destination.
8. Click Scan. Scanning starts. Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Scanning in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, color tone, etc. when scanning. Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver)" to scan multiple documents at one time. Refer to "Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode" to scan multiple documents placed on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). Important • The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly.
3. Set Input Settings according to the document or purpose. 4. Click Preview. Preview images appear in the Preview area. 5. Set Output Settings. 6. Adjust the cropping frame (scan area), correct image, and adjust colors as required. Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons 7. Click Scan. Scanning starts. Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.).
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode Use the Advanced Mode tab to specify the image brightness, color tone, etc. and scan multiple documents placed on the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) at one time. When using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning, you can scan both sides of the documents automatically from the ADF. When scanning from the ADF, documents are scanned without preview. 1.
Note • Click (Information) to open a dialog box in which you can check the current scan settings (document type, etc.). • A response of ScanGear after scanning can be specified in Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) You can scan two or more photos (small documents) on the Platen at one time on the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab. This section explains how to scan multiple documents from the Basic Mode tab. Important • To scan multiple documents as a single image, scan in whole image view. • The following types of documents may not be cropped correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) in whole image view and scan.
3. Click Preview. Thumbnails of the preview images appear in the Preview area. Cropping frames are specified automatically according to the document size. 4. Set Destination. 5. Set Output Size according to purpose. 6. Adjust the cropping frames and set Image corrections as required. Note • You can correct each image separately. Select the frame you want to correct. • In thumbnail view, you can only create one cropping frame per image.
7. Select the images you want to scan. Select the checkboxes of the images you want to scan. 8. Click Scan. Scanning Multiple Documents in Whole Image View Follow these steps if thumbnails are not displayed correctly when previewed or if you want to scan multiple documents as a single image. Note • Positions of slanted documents are not corrected in whole image view. 1. After previewing images, click (Thumbnail) on the Toolbar. Switch to whole image view.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image. You can also create two or more cropping frames. If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area is specified, only the portion in the specified area will be scanned. Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) 5. Set Image corrections as required. 6. Click Scan. Areas framed by broken lines are scanned.
Correcting Images and Adjusting Colors with ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.
Correcting Images (Unsharp Mask, Reduce Dust and Scratches, Fading Correction, etc.) The Image Settings functions on the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear (scanner driver) allow you to enhance the outline of the subjects, reduce dust/scratches, and correct faded colors when scanning images. Setting Items Click (Arrow) of a function and select an item from the pull-down menu. Important • Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors.
Reducing show-through in text documents or lightening the base color in recycled paper, newspapers, etc. when scanning documents Set Reduce Show-through to ON. OFF ON Sharpening slightly out-of-focus images Set Unsharp Mask to ON. OFF ON Reducing gradations and stripe patterns Set Descreen to ON.
Note • Printed photos and pictures are displayed as a collection of fine dots. "Moire" is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned. Descreen is the function for reducing this moire effect. Reducing dust and scratches Set Reduce Dust and Scratches to Low, Medium, or High according to the degree of dust and scratches.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern You can preview color changes and reproduce natural colors by using the color pattern function in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Basic Mode tab. Color Adjustment Correct colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast. "Colorcast" is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors. Click an arrow in Color Adjustment to emphasize the corresponding color.
Below is an example of correcting a bluish image. Since Blue and Green are too strong, click the Yellow and Magenta arrows to correct. Before After Note • Color adjustments are applied only to the cropping frames (scan areas) or the frame selected in thumbnail view. • You can select multiple frames or cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key. • You can also select a color tone from the color pattern displayed on the left of the Color Pattern screen.
Adjusting Saturation and Color Balance You can brighten colors that have faded with time or due to colorcast by using Balance) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. (Saturation/Color Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Saturation Adjust the image's saturation (vividness). You can brighten colors that have faded with time, etc.
Move (Slider) under Color Balance to the left or right to emphasize the corresponding color. Cyan & Red Magenta & Green Yellow & Blue These are complementary color pairs (each pair produces a shade of gray when mixed). You can reproduce the natural colors of the scene by reducing the cast color and increasing the complementary color. It is usually difficult to correct the image completely by adjusting only one color pair.
Adjusting Brightness and Contrast You can adjust images that are too dark or bright, or too flat due to lack of contrast by using (Brightness/Contrast) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. Note (Down arrow) to switch to detailed view. Click (Up arrow) to return to the previous view. • Click • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation).
Brightness Adjust the image brightness. Move (Slider) under Brightness to the left to darken and right to brighten the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127). Darkened Original image Brightened Note • Highlights may be lost if you brighten the image too much, and shadows may be lost if you darken the image too much. Contrast "Contrast" is the degree of difference between the brighter and darker parts of an image. Increasing contrast will increase the difference, thus sharpening the image.
Adjusting Histogram You can adjust the image color tone by using a graph (histogram) showing brightness distribution, via (Histogram) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These colors can be adjusted individually as a "channel." Master Adjust the Red, Green, and Blue combined. Red Adjust the Red channel.
(1) Bright area (2) Dark area (3) Whole image More data is distributed to the highlight side. More data is distributed to the shadow side. Data is widely distributed between the highlight and shadow. Adjusting Histograms (Using the Slider) Select a Channel, then move set as the shadow or highlight. (Black-point Slider) or (White-point Slider) to specify the level to be (Black-point Slider) will be black (level 0).
Moving the Mid-point Slider Move the Mid-point Slider to specify the level to be set as the middle of the tonal range. Images with more data distributed to the highlight side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the highlight side. Images with more data distributed to the shadow side Move the Mid-point Slider toward the shadow side.
• The point clicked with value (10 to 255). • Click image. (White-point Dropper) will be the brightest point. You can also enter a (Dropper) for Gray Balance and click the area you want to adjust the color in the preview The clicked point will be set as the achromatic color reference, and the rest of the image is adjusted accordingly. For instance, if snow in a photo appears bluish, click the bluish part to adjust the whole image and reproduce natural colors.
Adjusting Tone Curve You can adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of tone input and output, via tab. (Tone Curve Settings) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode Note • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Channel Each dot of an image is a mixture of Red, Green, and Blue in various proportions (gradation). These colors can be adjusted individually as a "channel." Master Adjust the Red, Green, and Blue combined.
Adjusting Tone Curve In Select Tone Curve, select a tone curve from No correction, Overexposure, Underexposure, High contrast, Reverse the negative/positive image, and Edit custom curve. No correction (No adjustment) Overexposure (Convex curve) The midtone data of the input side is stretched toward the highlight of the output side, resulting in a brighttoned image when viewed on a monitor.
Edit custom curve You can drag specific points on the Tone Curve to freely adjust the brightness of the corresponding areas.
Setting Threshold You can sharpen text in a document or reduce show-through in newspapers by adjusting the threshold level via (Threshold) in ScanGear (scanner driver)'s Advanced Mode tab. Note • This function is available when Color Mode is Black and White. • Click Defaults to reset all adjustments in the current window. Adjusting Threshold The brightness of color and grayscale images is expressed in a value between 0 and 255.
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens Basic Mode Tab Advanced Mode Tab Input Settings Output Settings Image Settings Color Adjustment Buttons Preferences Dialog Box Scanner Tab Preview Tab Scan Tab Color Settings Tab 794
Basic Mode Tab This mode allows you to scan easily by following the on-screen steps. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary by document type and view. • The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). (1) Settings and Operation Buttons Select Source Photo (Color) Scan color photos. Magazine (Color) Scan color magazines.
Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application's manual. Note • When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active. • When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which adjusts images based on the document type will also be active. • If you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active. Display Preview Image Preview Performs a trial scan.
Flexible Allows you to freely adjust the cropping frames (scan areas). In thumbnail view: Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is displayed, each frame is scanned individually. In whole image view: When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Note • Save up to 10 items. • An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value within the setting range. Note • For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in "Preview Tab" (Preferences dialog box). Invert aspect ratio Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible. Click this button to rotate the cropping frame.
Important • This setting is not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Perform Scan Scan Starts scanning. Note • When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan. Preferences... Opens the Preferences dialog box in which you can make scan/preview settings. Close Closes ScanGear (scanner driver). (2) Toolbar You can adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
(Check All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Selects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view. (Uncheck All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Deselects the checkboxes of the image in thumbnail view. (Select All Frames) Available when two or more frames are displayed. Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue. (Select All Cropping Frames) Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Note • When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status. • Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied. • Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected Frames simultaneously. You can select multiple images by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key. • Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied. • Double-click a frame to zoom in on the image.
Advanced Mode Tab This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image brightness, and color tone. This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab. (1) Settings and Operation Buttons (2) Toolbar (3) Preview Area Note • The displayed items vary by document type and view. • The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List. When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with the predefined items. To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Favorite Settings List. Note • You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview. • Save up to 10 items. Input Settings Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Scan Starts scanning. Note • When scanning starts, the progress will be displayed. Click Cancel to cancel the scan. • When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear. Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box). • It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain size.
(3) Preview Area (Clear) Deletes the preview image from the Preview area. It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings. (Crop) Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse. (Move Image) Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars. (Enlarge/Reduce) Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image.
(Remove Cropping Frame) Removes the selected cropping frame. (Information) Displays the version of ScanGear and the current scan settings (document type, etc.). (Open Guide) Opens this page. (3) Preview Area This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. You can also check the results of the settings (image corrections, color adjustments, etc.) made in "(1) Settings and Operation Buttons.
Note • You can specify the cropping frame on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, you can only create one cropping frame per image. In whole image view, you can create multiple cropping frames.
Input Settings Input Settings allows you to set the following items: Select Source The type of document to be scanned is displayed. To scan from the Platen, select Platen; to scan from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), select Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). Important • Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, refer to the application's manual. Note • You can select Document (ADF Duplex) when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning.
Click Settings... to open the Orientation dialog box. Important • The Orientation dialog box can only be opened when Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex) or Document (ADF Duplex). • Binding Location is displayed when using a model supporting ADF duplex scanning. • Binding Location cannot be specified when Select Source is Document (ADF Simplex). Color Mode Select how to scan the document. Color Select this mode to scan color documents or to create color images.
Note • The values you can enter will be within the range of the selected document size. The minimum size is 96 pixels x 96 pixels when Output Resolution is 600 dpi, scaled at 100 %. • When Auto Crop is performed in whole image view, the aspect ratio will not be maintained since the size will be prioritized. • Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for details on cropping frames.
Output Settings Output Settings allows you to set the following items: Output Resolution Select the resolution to scan at. The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image. Select a resolution from the options displayed by clicking the button, or enter a value in 1 dpi increments. Refer to "Resolution" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. When Select Source is Platen: You can enter a value within the range of 25 dpi to 19200 dpi.
In whole image view: When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Note • To enlarge/reduce the scanned image, enter values into (Width) and (Height) in Output Settings or specify a value (by 1 %) for %. Although the maximum value available for % depends on the Output Resolution, it can be specified for up to 19200 dpi (the maximum available output resolution). Paper Size (L, A4, etc.
Note • Refer to "Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)" for details on cropping frames. • For details on whether or how the cropping frame is initially displayed on a preview image, refer to Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in "Preview Tab" (Preferences dialog box). (Switch Aspect Ratio) Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible. Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Image Settings Important • Do not apply these functions to images without moire, dust/scratches, or faded colors. The color tone may be adversely affected. • Image correction results may not be reflected in the preview image. Note • Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings. • Scanning may take longer than usual when you use Image Settings.
• You can set this setting when Recommended is selected on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Note • If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto, specify the document type. • The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment. In that case, set Image Adjustment to None. Reduce Show-through Use this function to reduce show-through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled paper and other colored paper when scanning documents.
Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting. High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches; however, evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed. Important • This function may not be effective for some types of photos. Note • It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials. Fading Correction Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
When you set the Gutter Shadow Correction setting in the preview image, the result will be reflected. Preview the effects before scanning, as results vary depending on the type of document and how it is pressed. Unclear or blurred text/lines caused by curved pages are not corrected. None Gutter shadow will not be corrected. Low Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting. Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) 818
Color Adjustment Buttons The Color Adjustment Buttons allow you to make fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones including adjustments to the image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram) or balance (tone curve). Important • The Color Adjustment Buttons are not available when you select Color Matching on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box. Note • Selectable settings depend on Color Mode settings.
(Histogram) A histogram allows you to see the data concentration at each brightness level of an image. You can specify the brightest level (highlight) and darkest level (shadow) within an image, cut the levels and expand the middle of the tonal range of the image. Adjusting Histogram (Tone Curve Settings) Adjust the brightness of an image by selecting the type of graph (tone curve) showing the balance of tone input and output. You can make fine adjustments to the brightness of a specific area.
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List. Click Save to save. To delete an item, select it in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings displayed in Tone Curve Settings List or Threshold Settings List. You can load and apply the saved tone curve/threshold settings to a preview image. To load the settings, select the saved item from the pull-down menu. Note • Save up to 20 items.
Preferences Dialog Box In the Preferences dialog box, you can make advanced settings to ScanGear (scanner driver) functions via the Scanner, Preview, Scan, and Color Settings tabs. Click Preferences... in the ScanGear screen to open the Preferences dialog box. Scanner Tab Allows you to set the auto power settings, specify the folder in which to save images temporarily, and set the music file to play during or at the end of a scan.
Scanner Tab On the Scanner tab, you can specify the following settings. Important • Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer. Auto Power Settings You can set to turn the machine on or off automatically. Click Settings... to display the Auto Power Settings dialog box. Note • If the machine is off or bi-directional communication is disabled, a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the machine status.
Refer to "Function Support List by Model (Auto Power Off)" to check if your model supports the Auto Power Off function. Quiet Settings The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this machine. Use this when you wish to reduce the operating noise such as when scanning or printing at night. Click Settings... to set the quiet mode. Note • You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine, the printer driver, or ScanGear.
• MP3 file (*.mp3) Calibration Settings When you set Execute at Every Scan to ON, the scanner will be calibrated every time before previewing and scanning, to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images. Note • Even when Execute at Every Scan is set to OFF, the scanner may be calibrated automatically in some cases (such as immediately after you turn the machine on). • Calibration may take time depending on your computer.
Function Support List by Model (Auto Power Off) MG series MX series E series P series MB series MG series Auto Power Off Function Model Name MG7700 series With USB With Network Connection Connection ✓ ✓ ✓ × ✓ × ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ × ✓ × ✓ × MG6400 series ✓ × MG5700 series ✓ ✓ MG5600 series ✓ × MG5500 series ✓ × MG3600 series ✓ ✓ MG3500 series ✓ × MG2900 series ✓ × MG2500 series ✓ No network support MG7500 series MG7100 series MG6900 series MG6800 series MG6700 series MG6600
MG2400 series No network support ✓ MX series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB With Network Connection Connection MX530 series × × MX490 series ✓ × MX470 series × × E series Auto Power Off Function Model Name With USB Connection With Network Connection E560 series ✓ × E480 series ✓ × E460 series ✓ × E400 series ✓ No network support P series Auto Power Off Function Model Name P200 series With USB With Network Connection Connection ✓ No network support MB series To t
Preview Tab On the Preview tab, you can specify the following settings. Preview at Start of ScanGear Select what to do with Preview when ScanGear (scanner driver) is started. Automatically execute preview ScanGear will automatically start previewing at startup. Display saved preview image The previously previewed image will be displayed. The Color Adjustment Button settings, the Toolbar settings, and the Advanced Mode tab settings are also saved. None No preview image will be displayed at startup.
Larger Displays 105 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Standard The standard size. Smaller Displays 95 % (in width and height) of the area displayed for the standard size. Note • When you change the Cropping Size for Thumbnail View setting, the preview images will be refreshed and cropped to the new size. As the preview images are refreshed, the color adjustments and other settings applied to them are reset.
Scan Tab On the Scan tab, you can specify the following settings. Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning Select what to do with ScanGear (scanner driver) after scanning images. Close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the original application when scanning is completed. Do not close ScanGear automatically Select this to return to the ScanGear screen for another scan when scanning is completed.
Color Settings Tab On the Color Settings tab, you can specify the following settings. Color Adjustment Select one of the following. Recommended Select this to vividly reproduce the tone of a document on the screen. It is recommended that you normally select this setting. Color Matching Select this to automatically match the scanner, monitor, and color printer colors, thus reducing time and trouble to manually match the monitor and printer colors. Source(Scanner) Select scanner profile.
Note • Depending on your scanner or printer, this setting may not be available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder). • You can select one when Color Mode is Color or Grayscale. • Color Matching is available when ScanGear, monitor, color management-compliant application (such as Adobe Photoshop), and printer are set up correctly. Refer to the corresponding manual for the monitor, printer, and application settings.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important • Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction. • Close the document cover when scanning.
the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format. Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned. more than 0.4 inch (1 cm) Note • You can place up to 12 items.
2. Place the documents on the ADF, then adjust the document guides to the width of the documents. Insert the documents face-up until a beep sounds. Note • When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned in the correct page order if placed the other way around.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear) "Cropping" is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it. On the Basic Mode tab and Advanced Mode tab, you can specify cropping frames (scan areas) on the image(s) displayed in the Preview area of the screen. When you perform a scan, each area specified with a cropping frame will be scanned as a separate image. Note • In whole image view, you can specify multiple cropping frames on the preview image.
In whole image view: Represents an unselected cropping frame. The settings on the Basic Mode tab or Advanced Mode tab will not be applied. Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into (Arrow) when it is positioned over a cropping frame. If you click and drag the mouse in the direction of the arrow, the cropping frame will expand or contract accordingly. The cursor will change into (Crosshair Arrow) when it is positioned within a cropping frame.
In whole image view: Click and drag the mouse in a space outside the existing cropping frame to create a new cropping frame in the Preview area. The new cropping frame will be the active cropping frame, and the old cropping frame will be the unselected cropping frame. You can create multiple cropping frames and apply different scan settings to each cropping frame. You can also select multiple cropping frames by clicking them while pressing the Ctrl key.
In whole image view: To delete a cropping frame, select it and click Alternatively, press the Delete key. (Remove Cropping Frame) on the Toolbar. When there are multiple cropping frames, all the selected cropping frames (active cropping frame and selected cropping frames) are deleted simultaneously.
General Notes (Scanner Driver) ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it. Scanner Driver Restrictions • When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's administrator for help. • Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from standby mode.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating system's virtual memory and retry. • When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case, cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry.
Other Scanning Methods Scanning with WIA Driver Scanning Using the Control Panel (Windows XP Only) 842
Scanning with WIA Driver You can scan an item from a WIA (Windows Image Acquisition)-compliant application. WIA is a driver model implemented in Windows XP or later. It allows you to scan items without using an application. The procedure varies depending on the application. The following procedures are examples only. Refer to the application's manual for details. Important • In Windows XP, you cannot scan using the WIA driver via a network connection. • Follow these steps to enable scanning over a network.
Source Select a scanner type. Paper size This setting is not available for your scanner or printer. Color format Select the color mode in which to scan the item. File type Select a data format from JPEG, BMP, PNG, and TIFF. Resolution (DPI) Enter the resolution. Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi. Resolution Note • When using the scanner or printer with network connection, the following resolutions can be specified. 150 dpi / 300 dpi / 600 dpi Brightness Move the slider to adjust the brightness.
Note • If you have more than one scanner or printer, a scanner selection screen may appear. Doubleclick the scanner you want to use. • For USB connection: Canon XXX series (where "XXX" is the model name) • For network connection: XXX series_MAC address (where "XXX" is the model name) 3. Select the type of picture according to the item to be scanned. Select from Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and white picture or text, and Custom Settings.
Scanning starts, then the scanned image appears in the application.
Scanning Using the Control Panel (Windows XP Only) You can scan images via the Control Panel of Windows XP using the WIA driver. Important • When using the scanner or printer with network connection, you cannot scan using the WIA driver. 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Printers and Other Hardware > Scanners and Cameras, then double-click Canon XXX series (where "XXX" is the model name). The Scanner and Camera Wizard dialog box appears. 3. Click Next. 4.
Contrast Move the slider to adjust the contrast. Moving it to the left will decrease the contrast of the image, thus softening the image. Moving it to the right will increase the contrast of the image, thus sharpening the image. You can also enter a value (-127 to 127). Resolution (DPI) Enter the resolution. Specify a value between 50 dpi and 600 dpi. Resolution Picture type Select the type of scan you want for your item. Reset Click to restore the original settings. 6. Click Preview to preview the image.
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen IJ Network Scanner Selector EX allows you to select the scanners or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your computer or the operation panel. After installation, IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears in the notification area on the desktop. Important • If you cannot scan over a network, download and upgrade to the latest MP Drivers from our website.
Exit Exits IJ Network Scanner Selector EX; notification area on the desktop. (Enabled) or (Disabled) disappears from the Scan-from-PC Settings Screen Right-click the icon from the notification area on the desktop, then select Settings... to display the Scanfrom-PC Settings screen. Your scanner or printer must be selected with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX before scanning over a network. Scanners MAC addresses of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed.
• Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to "Problems with Network Communication" for your model from Home of the Online Manual. • You do not need to use this software when scanning via USB. Refer to "Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX" to delete it. You can scan via USB even if it is not deleted.
Uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Scanner Selector EX from your computer. Important • You cannot scan over a network after uninstalling IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. • Log into a user account with administrator privilege. 1. Uninstall IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. • Windows 8.1/Windows 8: 1. Click the Settings charm > Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Double-click Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX.
Scanning Tips Resolution Data Formats Color Matching 853
Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color. The density of these dots is called "resolution," and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains. The unit of resolution is dots per inch (dpi). Dpi is the number of dots per inch (2.5 cm). The higher the resolution (value), the more detail in your image; the lower the resolution (value), the less detail.
Important • If you double the resolution, the data size of the scanned image quadruples. If the file is too large, the processing speed will slow down significantly, and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory. Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image. Note • When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it, scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above.
Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images. You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application. Available data formats vary by application and operating system (Windows or Mac OS). See below for the characteristics of each image data format. PNG (Standard File Extension: .png) A data format often used on websites. PNG is suitable for editing saved images. JPEG (Standard File Extension: .
Color Matching "Color Matching" is the act of making adjustments so that the color tones match between the original item, the monitor display, and the color printout. On your scanner or printer, the color tones are adjusted as shown below. Example: When sRGB is selected as the output profile (target): The image's color space is converted from the scanner's color space to sRGB by ScanGear.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer. Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned. Otherwise, items may not be scanned correctly. Important • Do not place objects on the document cover. When you open the document cover, the objects may fall into your scanner or printer, resulting in malfunction. • Close the document cover when scanning.
Placing Multiple Items: Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned. more than 0.4 inch (1 cm) Note • You can place up to 12 items. • Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are corrected automatically.
Network Scan Settings You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images into a specified computer. Important • Multiple users cannot scan at the same time. Note • Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand from the Setup CD-ROM or by following the instructions on the web page. • With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection. Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3. 2. In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX), then select Settings.... The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears. 3. Select your scanner or printer from Scanners. Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important • Set IJ Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand. Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility 1. Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running. If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, notification area on the desktop. Click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX) appears in the to check the hidden icons as well. Note • If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to start. • Windows 8.
If your scanner or printer still does not appear, refer to "Network Communication Problems" for your model from Home of the Online Manual.
Scanning from Computer (Mac OS) Using IJ Scan Utility Using Scanner Driver Scanning Tips Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Network Scan Settings 864
Scanning from Operation Panel Forwarding Scanned Data to Computer Using Operation Panel Basics Attaching Scanned Data to E-mail Using Operation Panel Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility (Windows) Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility (Mac OS) 865
Forwarding Scanned Data to Computer Using Operation Panel Before forwarding scanned data to the computer, check the following: • MP Drivers are installed. (Windows) If MP Drivers are not yet installed, install MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. • The scanner driver is installed. (Mac OS) If the scanner driver is not yet installed, install the scanner driver from the Canon website. • The machine is connected to a computer correctly.
Go to step 3. Note • If the screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed, tap PC and tap Local (USB). The Scan standby screen is displayed. If you forward the data to the network-connected computer: The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed. Note • If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB-connected computer is displayed on the touch screen, tap to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data.
Note • If you tap Local (USB) on the Select PC screen, the data is forwarded to the USB-connected computer. • When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, and Windows Vista), select Enable for WSD scan from this device on WSD setting on Other settings in LAN settings under Device settings. WSD setting If you tap Search again, the machine starts searching for the connected computers again. 3.
Document Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. B. Tap to display Scan settings screen. For more on the setting items: Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel C. Tap to display how to load the original. D. Tap to display the screen to select the destination. 4. Load original on platen glass. 5.
If program selection screen appears (Windows): • For Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista: The program selection screen may be displayed after touching the Color or Black button. In this case, select Canon IJ Scan Utility and click OK. • For Windows XP: The program selection screen may be displayed after touching the Color or Black button for the first time.
Attaching Scanned Data to E-mail Using Operation Panel Before attaching scanned data to an e-mail, check the following: • MP Drivers are installed. (Windows) If MP Drivers are not yet installed, install MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website. • The scanner driver is installed. (Mac OS) If the scanner driver is not yet installed, install the scanner driver from the Canon website. • The machine is connected to a computer correctly.
Note • If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB-connected computer is displayed on the touch screen, tap 3. Tap to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data. Attach to E-mail. 4. Tap computer to forward scanned data. Tap Local (USB) for a USB-connected computer, or tap the computer to forward the scanned data for a network-connected computer. The Scan standby screen is displayed. 5. Specify settings as necessary. A. Tap to select the document type.
• The following items cannot be scanned properly. • A4 sized photos • Documents smaller than 5 inches x 7 inches (127 mm x 178 mm) such as a paperback with its backbone cut off • Originals on thin white paper • Long and narrow originals such as panoramic photographs Document Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings. B.
Important • If the scanning result with Auto scan is not satisfactory, select the document type or size according to the original in step 5. If program selection screen appears (Windows): • For Windows 8.1, Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista: The program selection screen may be displayed after touching the Color or Black button. In this case, select Canon IJ Scan Utility and click OK.
Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel You can change the scan settings such as the scan size, resolution, or data format. When the Scan standby screen is displayed, tap Settings to select the setting item. Flick to display setting items and tap the setting item to display the settings. Tap to specify the setting. Note • The scan setting cannot be specified under the following conditions: • When Auto scan is selected for Doc.
1. Scan size Select the size of the original. 2. Format Select the data format of the scanned data. 3. Scan res (Scan resolution) Select the resolution for scanning. 4. Reduce show-thru (Reducing show-through) Characters on the back may show through when scanning a thin document such as a newspaper. Select ON if characters seem to show through on the scanned document. This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc.type. 5.
Setting Up Operation Panel with IJ Scan Utility (Windows) IJ Scan Utility allows you to specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel. Note • The screens for scanning with Auto Scan from the operation panel are used as examples in the following descriptions. 1. Start IJ Scan Utility. 2. Click Settings.... The Settings dialog box appears. 3. Select a scan mode on the (Scanning from the Operation Panel) tab. Note • Refer to the following for details.
Settings (Save to PC (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Save to PC (Photo)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Auto)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Document)) Dialog Box Settings (Attach to E-mail (Photo)) Dialog Box 4. Set Scan Options. 5. Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings.
6. Select the application you want to start after scanning in Application Settings. 7. Click OK.
The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the operation panel.
Scanning Using Smartphone/Tablet This machine supports the following scan functions. PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link is a web service provided by Canon. Save scanned images to data storage services through integration with various cloud services without using a computer.
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link By using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link, you can connect your printer to a cloud service, such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY, Evernote, or Twitter, and use the following functions without using a computer: • • • • Print images from a photo-sharing service Print documents from a data management service Save scanned images to a data management service. Use Twitter to report the printer status, such as no paper or low ink levels.
Scanning by Placing a Smartphone over Machine The machine supports NFC (Near Field Communication), a short-range wireless communication technology. By placing an NFC-enabled Android smartphone or tablet over the NFC mark on the operation panel of the machine, you can scan items placed on the platen glass of the machine. Before Using NFC Download and install "Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY". Download free from Google Play. Important • May not be available depending on your country or region.
Troubleshooting Frequently Asked Questions • Cannot Find Machine on Network • Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN • Printing Does Not Start • • • • • • • Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear An Error Occurs Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Message Appears Cannot Install MP Drivers Network Key Unknown Paper Jams Examples of Problems Machine Does Not Move • • • • • • • • • Power Does Not Come On Power Shuts Off By Itself Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Printing Does Not S
• • • • • • • • • Copying/Printing Stops Print Results Are Unsatisfactory No Ink Comes Out Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Cannot Print on Disc Label Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows) Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Mac OS) Error or Message Appears • • • • • • • • • • An Error Occurs Display on Touch Screen Is Off Touch Screen Shows Wrong Language Message Appears List of Support Code for Error Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wirele
Network Communication Problems Cannot Find Machine on Network Network Connection Problems Other Network Problems 886
Cannot Find Machine on Network Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN Cannot Find Machine on Wired LAN Note • You cannot use the wireless LAN and the wired LAN at the same time.
Cannot Find Machine on Check Printer Settings Screen If the machine cannot be found on the Check Printer Settings screen during network communications setup, check the network settings and try again. Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1 Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 1 Important • If the machine cannot be detected while you are setting up the network communication using a USB cable, the machine may be in the direct connection.
Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1 Are machine and network device (router, etc.) turned on? Make sure machine is turned on. Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on. If machine or network device is off: Turn on machine or network device. It may take a while for the machine and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 2 Is machine set to allow wireless communication? Make sure the or icon is displayed on the touch screen. If icon is not displayed: The machine is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the machine. Once you have turned on wireless communication, click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to redo the network communication setup from the beginning. If icon is displayed: Go to check 3.
Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3 Is machine connected to wireless router? Use the icon on the touch screen to make sure the machine is connected to the wireless router. If icon is displayed: Make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2.4 GHz bandwidth. For more on checking the setting of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
If icon is displayed: Go to check 4.
Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 4 Does computer show same connected wireless router SSID as machine? Check the SSID of the wireless router for the machine on the touch screen. Select Setup on HOME screen and select Device settings > LAN settings > Confirm LAN settings > WLAN setting list. Check your computer for the SSID of the wireless router it connects to.
Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 5 Does your security software's firewall or computer operating system interfere with network communications setup? The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between the machine and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or the message shown on your computer.
Cannot Find Machine During Wireless LAN Setup: Check 6 Check wireless router settings. Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP function. Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the wireless router and the machine. To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 1 Is LAN cable connected, and are machine and router on? Make sure LAN cable is connected. Make sure machine is turned on. Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure router is turned on. If LAN cable is connected and machine or network device is off: Turn on machine or network device. It may take a while for the machine and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 2 Are computer and router configured and can computer connect to network? Make sure you can view web pages on your computer. If you cannot view any web pages: Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication. After that, configure the computer and network device. For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or contact their manufacturers.
Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 3 Is machine set to allow wired communication? Make sure the icon is displayed on the touch screen. If icon is not displayed: The machine is not set to allow wired communication. Turn on wired communication on the machine. Once you have turned on wired communication, click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to redo the network communication setup from the beginning. If icon is displayed: Go to check 4.
Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 4 Is machine connected to router? Use the operation panel to make sure the machine is connected to the router. Select Setup on HOME screen and select Device settings > LAN settings > Confirm LAN settings > LAN setting list. Make sure Connection on the touch screen is set to Active.. If Connection is set to Inactive: The machine is not connected to the router. Connect the machine to the router.
Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 5 Does your security software's firewall or computer operating system interfere with network communications setup? The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between the machine and your computer. Check the firewall setting of your security software or operation system or the message shown on your computer.
Cannot Find Machine During Wired LAN Setup: Check 6 Check router settings. Check router network connection settings such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP function. For more on checking the settings of the router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the router or contact its manufacturer. After checking the router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the machine.
Cannot Find Machine on Printers on Network List Screen The machine could not be detected with the current setup method. Select the Setting printer could not be found on the list check box and click Next. The screen to show another setup method is displayed. Perform setup following the instructions on the screen.
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen or the Connect Cable screen, check the following. Check1 Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to machine and computer. Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the back of the machine. Check the items below only if you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen.
7. Redo setup according to instructions on Canon website. Note • For Windows, you can use the Setup CD-ROM to redo setup.
Cannot Find Machine on Wireless LAN Check1 Make sure machine is turned on. Check2 Is icon displayed on touch screen? If the icon is not displayed, tap the icon on the upper right and select Activate wireless LAN on the Change LAN screen. If machine is temporarily connected to computer via USB cable, make sure USB cable is connected properly.
If No Driver appears under Name in IJ Network Tool, the machine is not associated with a port. Select Associate Port in the Settings menu to associate a port with the machine. When Printer Driver Is Not Associated with Port Check7 Make sure machine and wireless router network settings match. See instruction manual provided with wireless router or contact its manufacturer to check wireless router settings, and then modify machine settings to match. Setting an Encryption Key Check8 Check for obstructions.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access. If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs use a firewall by default. Check14 If using a router, connect machine and computer to LAN side (same network segment).
Cannot Find Machine on Wired LAN Check1 Make sure machine is turned on. Check2 Is icon displayed on touch screen? If the icon is not displayed, tap the icon on the upper right and select Activate wired LAN on the Change LAN screen. Check3 Make sure LAN cable is connected properly. Make sure the machine is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the cable properly.
Network Connection Problems Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Network Key Unknown Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings Printing Is Slow Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows) 909
Machine Suddenly Cannot Be Used Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change (Windows) Cannot Communicate with Machine via Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with Machine Using Direct Connection Cannot Communicate with Machine via Wired LAN Cannot Print or Scan from Network Computer Cannot Communicate with Machine Following Network Settings Change (Windows) It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Check6 Make sure computer network settings are correct. For more on connecting and setting up a network device, see the device instruction manual or contact its manufacturer. Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move machine and wireless router as necessary. Check7 • For Windows: Monitoring Wireless Network Status • For Mac OS: Monitoring Wireless Network Status Check8 Make sure you are using a valid channel.
2. Right-click Wireless Network Connections icon on notification area of desktop, and then click View Available Wireless Networks. 3. Select network name on screen that appears, and then click Connect. Select "XXXXXX-MGXXXXseries" ("XX" represents alphanumeric characters) as network name. 4. Enter network key on screen that appears, and then click Connect. By default, the serial number of the machine is used as the network key. Check the serial number by one of the following methods.
Check6 Check for obstructions. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Move the machine as necessary. Check7 Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby. If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the machine as far away from interference sources as possible. Check8 Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or contact its manufacturer. Note • To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address.
Network Key Unknown WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown, Cannot Connect Setting an Encryption Key WEP or WPA/WPA2 Key Set for Access Point Unknown, Cannot Connect For details on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router. Set up the machine to match the wireless router settings using IJ Network Tool.
If the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility. • Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for key length in AirPort Base Station. • Select 1 for Key ID. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with machine via the wireless router. • Using WPA/WPA2 The authentication method, passphrase, and dynamic encryption type must be the same for the wireless router, the machine, and your computer.
Administrator Password Set for Machine Unknown Initialize the machine settings. Select Reset all to restore administrator password to default. Reset setting After initializing the machine settings, redo setup. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website.
Machine Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changing Its Settings When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the machine. • For Windows: Use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website. • For Mac OS: Follow the instructions on the Canon website. If this does not solve the problem, see below.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Machine After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router If you change the encryption type for the machine and it subsequently cannot communicate with the computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set for the machine.
Printing Is Slow Check1 Machine may be printing or scanning a large job from another computer. Check2 When using wireless LAN, monitor signal status and move machine and wireless router as necessary. • For Windows: Monitoring Wireless Network Status • For Mac OS: Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure there are no obstacles between the wireless router and the machine. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
Ink Level Not Shown on Printer Status Monitor (Windows) Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication. Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver.
Other Network Problems Message Appears on Computer During Setup Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows) Checking Network Information Restoring to Factory Defaults 922
Message Appears on Computer During Setup Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen "You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network" Appears Enter Password Screen Appears During Setup The following screen appears if the machine is set up for use with a network and an administrator password has been set. • For Windows: • For Mac OS: Enter the administrator password set for the machine.
Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Access Point Selected from Search Screen This screen appears automatically if the selected wireless router is encrypted. Set the same encryption settings as those set for the wireless router. • For Windows: For more on encryption settings, see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet. • For Mac OS: For more on encryption settings, see Changing Settings in Wireless LAN Sheet.
Packets Are Sent Constantly (Windows) When IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is enabled, it periodically transmits packets to check communication with the machine over the network. If you are using your computer in a network environment other than the one used to set up the machine, disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX. To disable IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, right-click the and select Disable Canon IJ Network Scanner Selector EX.
Checking Network Information Checking Machine IP Address or MAC Address Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router Checking Network Settings Information Checking Machine IP Address or MAC Address To check the machine's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it.
3. Check the IP address or MAC address. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address. Click Hardware to check the MAC address. Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place. • For Windows: 1. Select Command Prompt as shown below. ◦ In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm and search for "Command Prompt".
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss If packet loss is 100%, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is communicating with target device. Checking Network Settings Information To check the machine's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the operation panel to display it.
Restoring to Factory Defaults Important • For Windows: Initialization erases all network settings on the machine, making printing or scanning operation from a computer over a network impossible. To use the machine over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults, use the Setup CD-ROM or follow the instructions on the Canon website to redo setup.
Problems while Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet Cannot Print/Scan from NFC Compliant Device 930
Cannot Print/Scan from Smartphone/Tablet If you cannot print/scan from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the machine. Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router. Check5 Make sure machine is not placed far away from wireless router. The wireless router is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication. Locate the machine within 164 ft. / 50 m from the wireless router. Check6 Check for obstructions.
Check8 Make sure there is no source of radio wave interference nearby. If a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the machine as far away from the interference source as possible. Check9 Make sure 5 devices are already connected. Direct connection does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
Cannot Print/Scan from NFC Compliant Device If you cannot print or scan although Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY is installed in your NFC compliant device, check the following. Check1 Is NFC setting set to Enable? When you use the NFC function, select Enable for NFC setting. Check2 Are you touching NFC compliant device to machine properly? When you touch a NFC compliant device to the machine, make sure you touch the device to the NFC port on the machine properly.
Printing Problems Printing Does Not Start Paper Jams Print Results Are Unsatisfactory No Ink Comes Out Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Cannot Print on Disc Label Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Copying/Printing Stops Cannot Print Using AirPrint 935
Printing Does Not Start Make sure machine is securely plugged in and touch ON button to turn it on. Check1 The POWER lamp flashes while the machine is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit. Note • If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The POWER lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine. Wait until printing starts. Make sure machine is properly connected to computer.
Check5 If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs. • For Windows: Deleting the Undesired Print Job • For Mac OS: Deleting the Undesired Print Job Check6 Make sure disc tray guide is closed. If the disc tray guide is opened, close the disc tray guide and tap OK on the touch screen. Check7 Are Media Type and Page Size settings of printer driver correct? When using non Canon genuine specialty paper, be sure to select the proper media type or page size correctly in the printer driver.
Check9 Set correct printer port. (Windows) Make sure the correct printer port is set. 1. Log in using an account with administrator privileges. 2. Make the following settings. • In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Control Panel from Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers. • In Windows 7, select Devices and Printers from Start menu. • In Windows Vista, select Start menu > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears. * This may reduce print quality. Check11 If printing from your computer, restart computer.
Paper Jams When paper jams, a troubleshooting message appears automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. • When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on Computer Screen: ◦ For Windows: ◦ For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using.
To remove the jammed paper, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). Note • You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown.
Print Results Are Unsatisfactory If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, check the paper and print quality settings first. Check1 Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper? If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result. If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the printout color.
See also the sections below: Cannot Complete Printing Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows) Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear Lines Are Misaligned Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Ink Blots / Paper Curl Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched Back of Paper Is Smudged Vertical Line Next to Image Uneven or Streaked Colors 943
Cannot Complete Printing Check1 Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows) If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK. * Clear the check box once printing is complete.
Part of Page Is Not Printed (Windows) Check Are you using automatic duplex printing? If you are using automatic duplex printing, the printable area at the top of the page will be 0.08 inches / 2 mm shorter than usual. Therefore, the bottom of the page may not be printed. To prevent this, set reduced printing on the printer driver. Important • Reducing the printing size may affect the layout of your document.
Paper Is Blank/Printing Is Blurry/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks Appear Paper Is Blank Printing Is Blurry Colors Are Wrong 946
White Streaks Appear Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out. Replacing Ink Check3 Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank? Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A). If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. • If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice: If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. When using paper with one printable surface, make sure paper is loaded with printable side facing down.
Lines Are Misaligned Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Perform print head alignment. If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position. Aligning the Print Head Note • If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment manually. See Aligning the Print Head Manually. Check3 Increase print quality and try printing again.
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Check1 Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function? When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening the lines in the document. Check2 Is print data extremely large? Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Then set Prevention of Print Data Loss to On in the dialog that appears. * This may reduce print quality.
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows) Check1 Select setting not to compress printing data. If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved. Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select Do not allow application software to compress print data check box and click OK. * Clear the check box once printing is complete.
Ink Blots / Paper Curl Ink Blots Paper Curl Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 If intensity is set high, reduce intensity setting and try printing again. If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion. • Printing from your computer Check the intensity setting in the printer driver.
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Check paper type. • Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. Media Types You Can Use • For borderless printing, use a paper suitable for borderless printing.
1. Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below. 2. Check that paper is now flat. We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time. Note • Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward. Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing. This may improve the print result.
In the Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu, select Prevent paper abrasion check box, and then click Apply. To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility, see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility. If intensity is set high, reduce intensity setting and try printing again. Check5 If you are printing with a high intensity setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion.
• For Mac OS: 1. Make sure machine is turned on. 2. Open Canon IJ Printer Utility. Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility 3. Select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu. 4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time: slide bar to set the wait time and click Apply. 5. Check message and click OK.
Back of Paper Is Smudged Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Check2 Is the paper feed roller dirty? Clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Note • Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller, so perform this procedure only when necessary. Check3 Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of machine.
Vertical Line Next to Image Check Is loaded paper size correct? If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, a vertical line may appear in the margin. Set the paper size to match the loaded paper. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Note • The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting. • This machine performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning.
Uneven or Streaked Colors Uneven Colors Streaked Colors Check1 Check paper and print quality settings. Print Results Are Unsatisfactory Print nozzle check pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as print head cleaning. Check2 Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles. For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing Is Faint or Uneven.
If the problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning, turn off the machine and perform print head deep cleaning again 24 hours later. • If problem is not resolved after performing print head deep cleaning twice: If print head deep cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Check3 Perform print head alignment.
No Ink Comes Out Check1 Has ink run out? Open the operation panel and check the ink lamp. Checking Ink Status Check2 Is orange tape or protective film still on ink tank? Make sure all the protective film is peeled off to expose the Y-shaped air hole, as shown below (A). If the orange tape remains on the ink tank (B), peel it off. Check3 Are print head nozzles clogged? Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Check1 Make sure paper is loaded. Loading Paper Check2 When loading paper, consider the following. • When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper. • When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit.
Note • Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary. Check8 If two or more sheets of paper feed from cassette at once, clean inside of cassette. For information on cleaning the inside of the cassette, see Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette. Check9 Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly? See Rear View for the position of the rear cover. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Cannot Print on Disc Label Disc Label Printing Does Not Start Disc Tray Does Not Feed Properly Disc Tray Jammed Disc Label Printing Does Not Start Check1 Is disc tray placed properly? Open the disc tray guide, properly place the disc tray again and tap OK on the touch screen. Use the disc tray supplied with this machine ("J" is on the upper side). For more on placing the disc tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Disc Tray Jammed Pull out the disc tray gently. If the disc tray cannot be pulled out, turn the machine off and turn it back on again. The disc tray will automatically be ejected. When the disc tray is pulled out, place the disc tray ("J" is on the upper side) again and retry printing. For more on placing the disc tray, see Placing a Printable Disc. If the disc tray is still jammed, check if there is a problem with the printable disc.
Automatic Duplex Printing Problems Check1 Is automatic duplex printing selected? • For Windows: Make sure Duplex Printing and Automatic check boxes are selected on Page Setup sheet in the printer driver setup window. Duplex Printing • For Mac OS: Make sure Two-Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog. Duplex Printing Check2 Make sure loaded paper size is suitable for automatic duplex printing. The paper sizes suitable for automatic two-sided printing are A4 and Letter.
Note • For Windows: To switch to manual duplex printing, follow the procedure below. Open the printer driver setup window, clear the Automatic check box on the Page Setup sheet, and reprint. When performing manual duplex printing, note the following. • If you are printing three or more pages of a document with manual duplex printing, one side of all sheets of paper will be printed first.
Copying/Printing Stops Check1 Is the disc tray guide opened while printing on paper? Close the disc tray guide and tap OK on the touch screen. Check2 Is paper loaded? Make sure paper is loaded. If necessary, load paper. Check3 Do documents to be printed have many photographs or illustrations? It takes time for the machine and the computer to process large data such as photos or other graphics, so it may seem that the machine is not working.
Cannot Print Using AirPrint Check1 Make sure machine is turned on. If the machine is turned on, turn it off and back on, and then check whether the issue is resolved. Make sure machine is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint compliant device when printing over LAN. Check2 Check3 Make sure machine has enough paper and ink. Check4 Make sure no error message is displayed on machine's touch screen.
Scanning Problems (Windows) Scanning Problems Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Software Problems IJ Scan Utility Error Messages ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages 970
Scanning Problems Scanner Does Not Work ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Slow Scanning Speed "There is not enough memory.
Scanner Does Not Work Check 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Check 2 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer. Check 3 If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer. Check 4 Restart the computer.
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start Check 1 Make sure that MP Drivers is installed. If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page. Check 2 Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu. Important • If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA. Note • The operation may differ depending on the application. • Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
Error Message Appears and the ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screen Does Not Appear Check 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on. Check 2 Turn off your scanner or printer, then reconnect the USB cable and replug the power cord. Check 3 Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer. If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer. Check 4 Check 5 Make sure that MP Drivers is installed.
Cannot Scan Multiple Originals at One Time Check 1 Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Check 2 Check if you can properly scan one item. Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.
Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Check 1 Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Check 2 Multiple item scanning may not be supported. Some applications do not support multiple image scanning. In that case, scan each item individually.
Slow Scanning Speed Check 1 To view the image on a monitor, set the output resolution to around 150 dpi. To print, set it to around 300 dpi. Resolution Check 2 Set Fading Correction, Grain Correction, etc. to None. Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. In IJ Scan Utility, deselect the Correct slanted text document / Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again.
"There is not enough memory." Message Is Displayed Check 1 Exit other applications and try again. Check 2 Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again.
Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Check 1 Restart the computer, reduce the output resolution in ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. Refer to "Output Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. Check 2 Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space, then scan again. Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save, when the image size is too large (such as when scanning a large item at high resolution).
Scanner Does Not Work after Upgrading Windows Check Disconnect the USB cable, then uninstall (delete) and reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility. Step 1: Uninstall MP Drivers. Refer to "Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for how to delete MP Drivers. Step 2: Uninstall IJ Scan Utility. • Windows 8.1/Windows 8: 1. Click the Settings charm > Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features. 2. Double-click Canon IJ Scan Utility. 3.
Step 3: Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility. Reinstall MP Drivers and IJ Scan Utility from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page.
Scanned Image Does Not Open Check If the data format is not supported by the application, scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it. Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application.
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor 983
Scan Quality (Image Displayed on the Monitor) Is Poor Check 1 If the image is jagged, increase the scanning resolution, or select TIFF or PNG in Data Format of the Settings dialog box. Resolution Settings Dialog Box Check 2 Set the display size to 100 %. Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small. Check 3 If moire (stripe pattern) appears, take the following measures and scan again.
• On the Advanced Mode tab of ScanGear, set Image Adjustment in Image Settings to None. Refer to "Image Settings" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details. • On the Color Settings tab in the Preferences dialog box of ScanGear, set Color Matching. Refer to "Color Settings Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Check Specify the scan area. Click (Auto Crop) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver) to automatically display the cropping frame (scan area) according to the item size. You can also manually specify the scan area in thumbnail view or when there are white margins along the item (for example, in photos), or when you want to create custom cropping frames.
Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Check Make sure that the items are placed correctly.
Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Check 1 Make sure that the items are placed correctly. Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer) Check 2 Check that the settings match the item to be scanned. If you cannot scan properly by automatically detecting the item type, specify the item type and size.
Original Is Placed Correctly, but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Check When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source, deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again.
Scanned Image Is Enlarged (Reduced) on the Computer Monitor Check 1 Change the display setting in the application. Refer to the application's manual for details. If you have any questions, contact the manufacturer of the application. Note • You cannot reduce the image size in Paint. To reduce the display size, open the images in an application. Check 2 Change the resolution setting in ScanGear (scanner driver) and scan again. The higher the resolution, the larger the resulting image will be.
Software Problems The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client 991
The E-mail Client You Want to Use Does Not Appear in the Screen for Selecting an E-mail Client Check Check that the e-mail client's MAPI is enabled. Refer to the e-mail client's manual for how to set MAPI. If the problem is not solved even when MAPI is enabled, select None (Attach Manually) in the screen for selecting an e-mail client, then manually attach the image to the outgoing e-mail.
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages If an error message for IJ Scan Utility appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Error Code 152 Error Message There is not enough memory. Exit other applications to increase available memory. Solution • The memory required to start IJ Scan Utility cannot be obtained; exit other applications. 153 The image you attempted to scan is in a size that cannot be opened in the specified application. Change the settings so that the image size is reduced.
244 You do not have the required privileges to access the specified folder. 994 • Grant access permission to the specified folder.
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages If an error message for ScanGear (scanner driver) appears, check the error code and follow the corresponding solution. Error Code 1 4 10 Solution Error Message Error in scanner. Turn off scanner and follow instructions in User's Guide. Scanner driver will be closed. 122 151 • Make sure that your scanner or printer and the computer are connected correctly. • Delete MP Drivers, then reinstall MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the web page.
Please check and try again. Click [Scanner Selection] if you want to select another scanner. Scanner driver will be closed. 152 Running out of memory. Increase available memory. Scanner driver will be closed. • The memory required to start ScanGear (scanner driver) cannot be obtained; exit other applications. 201 A required file is missing or corrupted, or settings are incorrect. Try the installation again. Scanner driver will be closed.
• Your application may not properly comply with TWAIN. Scan using another application. 203 There is not enough free disk space to complete the scan. Scanner driver will be closed. • Delete unnecessary files on the hard disk and scan again. 206 The scanner is not available while in use by another application or user. • Exit the ScanGear in use. 207 Scanner is not selected. Click [Scanner Selection] to select scanner. Scanner driver will be closed.
Mechanical Problems Power Does Not Come On Power Shuts Off By Itself USB Connection Problems Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Display on Touch Screen Is Off Touch Screen Shows Wrong Language Cannot Remove Memory Card Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows) Output Tray Extension Comes Off 998
Power Does Not Come On Check1 Touch ON button. Check2 Make sure power plug is securely connected to machine, and then turn it back on. Check3 Unplug machine, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn it on again. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Power Shuts Off By Itself Check If machine is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting. If you have set the machine to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that time has elapsed. • If you are using a Windows and if you do not want the machine to turn off automatically: Open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power in Maintenance sheet, select Disable for Auto Power Off.
USB Connection Problems Printing or Scanning Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not Work/"This device can perform faster" Message Appears (Windows) If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the machine operates at the slower speed of USB 1.1. In this case, the machine works properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to the communication speed. Check Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB connection.
Cannot Communicate with Machine via USB Check1 Make sure machine is turned on. Check2 Connect USB cable properly. As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the machine. Check3 Do not start IJ Network Tool while printing. Check4 Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running. Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of properties dialog box of printer driver.
Display on Touch Screen Is Off • If POWER lamp is off: The machine is not powered on. Check that the power cord is connected and touch the ON button. • If POWER lamp is lit: The touch screen may be in screen-saver mode. Tap the touch screen.
Touch Screen Shows Wrong Language Follow the instructions below to select your language. 1. Touch HOME button and wait for about 5 seconds. 2. Flick HOME screen and tap Setup. Using the Operation Panel 3. Tap Device settings. 4. Tap fifth setting item from top. 5. Tap a language for touch screen.
Cannot Remove Memory Card Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • Never attempt to remove a memory card using a thin stick or tweezers. Doing so may damage the machine. Note • Exclusive adapters are required for the following memory cards. Insert these cards in the machine with adapters attached.
Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position Check1 Is POWER lamp off? Check if the POWER lamp is lit. The print head holder will not move unless the power is on. If the POWER lamp is off, close the operation panel and turn the machine on. The POWER lamp flashes while the machine is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit, and then open the operation panel again.
Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows) Check Is printer status monitor enabled? Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor. 1. Open printer driver setup window. How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2. On Maintenance sheet, click View Printer Status. 3. Select Enable Status Monitor on Option menu if it is not selected.
Output Tray Extension Comes Off If the output tray extension comes off, the paper output tray is not closed properly. Note • The output tray extension comes off easily to avoid it being damaged. Hold the paper output tray and move the output tray extension slowly until it clicks into place.
Installation and Download Problems Cannot Install MP Drivers Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows) Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) Uninstalling IJ Network Tool 1009
Cannot Install MP Drivers For Windows: For Mac OS: For Windows: • If installation does not start when you insert Setup CD-ROM: Follow the instructions below to start the installation. 1. Make the following settings. ◦ In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, and then select Computer from the list on the left. ◦ In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start, and then click Computer. ◦ In Windows XP, click Start, and then click My Computer. 2.
• If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen: Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen/Connect Cable Screen • Other cases: Reinstall the MP Drivers. If the MP Drivers were not installed correctly, uninstall the MP Drivers, restart your computer, and then reinstall the MP Drivers. Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers Reinstall the MP Drivers with the Setup CD-ROM or install them from the Canon website.
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not Appear (Windows) If Easy-WebPrint EX does not start or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer, check the following. Check1 Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX displayed on Toolbars menu in Internet Explorer's View menu? If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not displayed, Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer. Install the latest version of Easy-WebPrint EX from the Canon website.
Updating MP Drivers in Network Environment (Windows) Download the latest MP Drivers. The latest MP Drivers for your model are available for download on the Canon website. Uninstall the existing MP Drivers and follow the installation instructions to install the latest MP Drivers that you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with wireless LAN connection or Use the printer with wired LAN connection according to the connection method you use.
Uninstalling IJ Network Tool To uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer, follow these steps. For Windows: For Mac OS: For Windows: Important • Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled, you can still use a network to print or scan from the computer. However, you cannot use the network to change the network settings. • Log into a user account with administrator privileges. 1. To uninstall IJ Network Tool, follow these steps. • Windows 8.1 or Windows 8: 1.
1. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click Canon Utilities > IJ Network Tool, and then drag Canon IJ Network Tool icon into Trash. 2. Restart computer. Empty the Trash and restart your computer. Note • To reinstall IJ Network Tool, uninstall IJ Network Tool and install it again from the Canon website.
Errors and Messages An Error Occurs Message Appears Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device 1016
An Error Occurs If an error occurs in printing, for example if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message. If an error occurs, a support code (error number) appears on the computer screen or the touch screen. When a Support Code and a Message Are Displayed on Computer Screen: • For Windows: • For Mac OS: * The screen differs depending on the OS you are using.
Note • You can also search for details on resolving the errors indicated by the support code shown. Search To resolve errors that do not have support codes, see Message Appears.
Message Appears This section describes some of the errors and messages that may appear. Note • A support code (error number) is displayed on the computer or on the touch screen for some errors. For details on errors that have support code, see List of Support Code for Error. If a message is displayed on the touch screen, see below. • Message Appears on Touch Screen If a message appears on the computer, see below.
• Characters other than machine name, IJ Scan Utility, or My Image Garden are displayed on Created with on the Details screen. • "?" is displayed on the preview screen. ◦ Data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer. • The specified PDF file contains unprintable data. Some portions may not be printed. PDF file which contain lot of graphics or hi-resolution images may lose that data or stop before printing is completed. In this case, print from the computer.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows) Check1 If the POWER lamp is off, make sure machine is plugged in and turn it on. If POWER lamp flashes while the machine is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit. Check2 Make sure correct printer port is set in printer driver. * In the following instructions, "XXX" signifies your machine's name. 1. Log in using an account with administrator privileges. 2. Make the following settings. • In Windows 8.
If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website. • Printing does not start even though the port named "CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx" is selected when the machine is used over LAN: Launch IJ Network Tool, select "CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx" as you checked in step 4, and then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in Settings menu. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or the Canon website.
Check If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the following: • "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space" Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk. • "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory" Close other applications to increase the available memory. If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
Note • When the information is being sent, a warning such as an Internet security message may appear. Make sure the program name is "IJPLMUI.exe" and allow it. • If you clear Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be sent automatically from next time and a confirmation screen will appear at the time of the next survey. To send the information automatically, see Changing confirmation screen setting:.
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, the printer and application software usage information is sent every month for about ten years. The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage information. Click the icon, read the information that appears, and then follow the instructions below. • If you agree to participate in survey program: Click Agree and follow the on-screen instructions.
• To uninstall Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program: 1. Stop Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program. Changing setting: 2. Select Applications from Go menu of Finder, double-click the Canon Utilities folder and Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder. 3. Move Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.app to Trash. 4. Restart computer. Empty Trash and restart your computer.
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wireless LAN) Compliant Device The following errors may occur when you print directly from a PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant device. Follow the instructions below to resolve them. Note • This section describes errors that appear on Canon-brand PictBridge (Wireless LAN) compliant devices. The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using.
Remove the jammed paper, load new paper, tap OK on the touch screen, and try printing again. "Printer cover open" Close the operation panel on the machine. "Waste tank full"/"Ink absorber full" The ink absorber is nearly full. "No ink"/"Ink cassette error" Check the support code on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to resolve the error. "Ink Error" Check the support code on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to resolve the error.
If You Cannot Solve a Problem If there is a problem that you cannot solve following the instructions in this chapter, contact Canon through the Support page of the Canon website or contact your nearest Canon service center. Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers. Caution • If the machine emits any unusual sound, smoke, or odor, turn it off immediately. Unplug the machine and contact the seller you bought it from or your nearest Canon service center.
List of Support Code for Error Support code appears on the touch screen and your computer screen when errors occur. A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message. When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the touch screen and computer screen and take the appropriate action in response.
6920 6921 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6950 6B20 • A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 B205 C000 For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
1300 Cause Paper is jammed in paper output slot. What to Do If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot, remove the paper by following these steps. 1. Slowly pull out paper. Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it. Note • If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the machine back on. The paper may be ejected automatically.
1304 Cause Paper is jammed during automatic duplex printing. What to Do If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing, remove the paper by following these steps. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, touch the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine. 1. Detach rear cover. Pull out the rear cover. 2. Detach transport unit cover. Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it. 3.
• If you cannot pull out the paper, open the paper output tray. 4. Attach transport unit cover. Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine. 5. Attach rear cover. Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine. If you were not able to remove the paper in step 3: 4. Detach both cassette 1 and cassette 2. 5. Slowly pull out paper. 6. If paper protrudes from cassette, remove paper and reload it after aligning edges of sheets.
1311 Cause Paper loaded in cassette 1 is jammed. What to Do If the paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed, remove the paper by following these steps. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, touch the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine. 1. Detach rear cover. Pull out the rear cover. 2. Detach transport unit cover. Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it. 3. Slowly pull out paper.
• If you cannot pull out the paper, open the paper output tray. 4. Attach transport unit cover. Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine. 5. Attach rear cover. Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine. If you were not able to remove the paper in step 3: 4. Detach both cassette 1 and cassette 2. 5. Slowly pull out paper. 6. If paper protrudes from cassette, remove paper and reload it after aligning edges of sheets.
1312 Cause Paper loaded in cassette 2 is jammed. What to Do If the paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed, remove the paper by following these steps. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, touch the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine. 1. Detach rear cover. Pull out the rear cover. 2. Slowly pull out paper. Note • Do not touch the inner parts of the machine.
If you were not able to remove the paper in step 2: 3. Detach both cassette 1 and cassette 2. 4. Slowly pull out paper. 5. If paper protrudes from cassette, remove paper and reload it after aligning edges of sheets. Note • When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. 6. Attach cassettes to machine and tap OK on touch screen. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1313 Cause Paper is jammed as machine pulled in printed paper. What to Do If the paper is jammed as the machine pulled in the printed paper, remove the paper by following these steps. Important • If the printed paper piles up on the paper output slot, the machine may pull it in and the paper is jammed inside the machine. Remove the printed paper from the paper output tray before it amounts to 50 sheets.
Note • Do not touch the inner parts of the machine. • If you cannot pull out the paper, open the paper output tray. 4. Attach transport unit cover. Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine. 5. Attach rear cover. Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine. If you were not able to remove the paper in step 3: 4. Detach both cassette 1 and cassette 2. 5. Slowly pull out paper.
6. If paper protrudes from cassette, remove paper and reload it after aligning edges of sheets. Note • When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. 7. Attach cassettes to machine and tap OK on touch screen. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1315 Cause Paper loaded in cassette 1 is jammed because paper output tray is closed. What to Do If the paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed, open the paper output tray then remove the paper by following these steps.
1. Detach rear cover. Pull out the rear cover. 2. Detach transport unit cover. Lift up the transport unit cover and pull out it. 3. Slowly pull out paper. Note • Do not touch the inner parts of the machine. 4. Attach transport unit cover. Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine. 5. Attach rear cover. Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine.
If you were not able to remove the paper in step 3: 4. Detach both cassette 1 and cassette 2. 5. Slowly pull out paper. 6. If paper protrudes from cassette, remove paper and reload it after aligning edges of sheets. Note • When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. 7. Attach cassettes to machine and tap OK on touch screen. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation.
1316 Cause Paper loaded in cassette 2 is jammed because paper output tray is closed. What to Do If the paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed, open the paper output tray then remove the paper by following these steps.
1. Detach rear cover. Pull out the rear cover. 2. Slowly pull out paper. Note • Do not touch the inner parts of the machine. 3. Attach rear cover. Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine. If you were not able to remove the paper in step 2: 3. Detach both cassette 1 and cassette 2. 4. Slowly pull out paper. 5. If paper protrudes from cassette, remove paper and reload it after aligning edges of sheets.
6. Attach cassettes to machine and tap OK on touch screen. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation. If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Paper Is Jammed inside Machine If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine, remove the paper following the instructions below. Note • If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the machine to remove it, touch the Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the machine. 1. Turn off machine and unplug it. 2. Lift up and open operation panel as far as it will go.
4. Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands. If the paper is rolled up, pull out it. 5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it. Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees. 6. Make sure all jammed paper is removed. If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the machine. Check the following and remove any remaining paper.
7. Slowly close operation panel. All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing. Note • When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly. If a paper jam message appears on the touch screen or on your computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the machine. Check the machine again for any remaining bits of paper.
Other Cases Check the following: Check1 Is anything blocking paper output slot? Check2 Are transport unit cover and rear cover attached properly? Check3 Is paper curled? Correct curl before loading paper.
1001 Cause There is no disc tray. What to Do When printing on printable discs (BD/DVD/CD, etc.), use the disc tray supplied with this machine ("J" is on the upper side). Place a printable disc on the disc tray, attach the disc tray to the machine, and then tap OK on the touch screen.
1002 Cause Printable disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) is not set. What to Do When printing on printable discs, use the disc tray supplied with this machine ("J" is on the upper side). Place a printable disc on the disc tray, attach the disc tray to the machine, and then tap OK on the touch screen.
1007 Cause Possible causes include the following. • There is no paper in the cassette 1. • Paper is not loaded in the cassette 1 properly. What to Do Take the corresponding actions below. • Load paper in the cassette 1. The small size photo paper such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), or postcard can be loaded in the cassette 1. Important • If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) and try to print on it, the paper jam will occur.
1008 Cause Possible causes include the following. • There is no paper in the cassette 2. • Paper is not loaded in the cassette 2 properly. What to Do Take the corresponding actions below. • Load paper in the cassette 2. The large size photo paper or plain paper such as A4, B5, A5, 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm), Letter, or Legal, or envelope can be loaded in the cassette 2. • Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette 2.
1200 Cause Operation panel is open. What to Do Close the operation panel and wait for a while. Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank.
1250 Cause Paper output tray is closed. What to Do Open the paper output tray and resume printing.
1253 Cause Paper output tray did not open. What to Do Make sure there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly. Open the paper output tray and tap OK on the touch screen.
1254 Cause Paper output tray is closed or it has not opened. What to Do Make sure there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly. Open the paper output tray and tap OK on the touch screen. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation.
1255 Cause Paper output tray is closed or it has not opened. What to Do Make sure there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly. Open the paper output tray and tap OK on the touch screen. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation.
1256 Cause Paper output tray is closed or it has not opened. What to Do Make sure there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly. Open the paper output tray and tap OK on the touch screen. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation.
1257 Cause Paper output tray is closed or it has not opened. What to Do Make sure there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly. Open the paper output tray and tap OK on the touch screen. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation.
1310 Cause Size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing. What to Do The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4, Letter, A5, B5, and postcard. Make sure paper of the correct size is loaded. Tap OK on the touch screen to eject the paper and restart printing from the front of the next piece of paper. The reverse side of the ejected sheet is not printed.
1401 Cause Print head may be damaged. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1403 Cause Print head may be damaged. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1405 Cause Print head may be damaged. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1410 Cause Ink tank cannot be recognized. What to Do Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank whose lamp is off.
1411 Cause Ink tank cannot be recognized. What to Do Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank whose lamp is off.
1412 Cause Ink tank cannot be recognized. What to Do Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank whose lamp is off.
1413 Cause Ink tank cannot be recognized. What to Do Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank whose lamp is off.
1414 Cause Ink tank cannot be recognized. What to Do Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank whose lamp is off.
1415 Cause Ink tank cannot be recognized. What to Do Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank whose lamp is off.
1551 Cause Used genuine Canon ink tanks were detected. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine.
1552 Cause Genuine Canon ink tanks have been installed. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine.
1600 Cause If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing, ink may have run out. What to Do Replacing the ink tank is recommended. If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, tap OK on the machine with the ink tank installed. Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The machine may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition. Note • If multiple ink lamps are flashing, check the status of each ink tank.
1660 Cause A ink tank is not installed. What to Do Install the ink tank.
1680 Cause Ink tanks are not installed in the correct positions. (The ink lamp flashes.) What to Do Make sure the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions.
1681 Cause More than one ink tank of the same color is installed. (The ink lamp flashes.) What to Do Make sure the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions.
1684 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized. What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this machine. Install the appropriate ink tank. If you want to cancel printing, touch the machine's Stop button.
1688 Cause The ink has run out. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.) What to Do Replace the ink tank and close the operation panel. Printing under the current condition may damage the machine. If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. Touch the machine's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it. With this operation, disabling the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized.
1689 Cause Printer detected ink out condition (The lamp on the ink tank flashes). What to Do Replace the ink tank and close the operation panel. An ink tank that was once empty is installed. Printing under the ink out condition may damage the machine. If you want to continue printing, you need to disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To disable this function, touch the machine's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
1700 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1701 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1710 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1711 Cause Ink absorber is almost full. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
1730 Cause The ink tank may be an ink tank that ran out of genuine Canon ink or a counterfeit Canon ink tank. What to Do To print, you must replace the ink tank or disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level, touch the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it. By this operation, the fact that you have disabled the function for detecting the remaining ink level will be memorized.
1731 Cause Non-genuine Canon ink tank has been detected. What to Do To print, you must replace the ink tank or disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level. To disable the function for detecting the remaining ink level, touch the printer's Stop button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it. By this operation, the fact that you have disabled the function for detecting the remaining ink level will be memorized.
1750 Cause Appropriate ink tank is not installed. What to Do Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank is not compatible with this machine. Install the appropriate ink tank. If you want to cancel printing, touch the machine's Stop button.
1830 Cause A certain period of time has elapsed while disc label printing is in progress. What to Do If a certain period of time has elapsed while disc label printing is in progress, the machine stops initializing. To resume initializing, tap OK on the touch screen. Try the operation again following the instructions on the touch screen.
1850 Cause Disc tray guide is closed. What to Do Open the disc tray guide with the operation panel closed, attach the disc tray properly, and then tap OK on the touch screen.
1851 Cause Disc tray guide is open. What to Do When printing other than disc label printing is started, close the disc tray guide. Close the disc tray guide and tap OK on the touch screen.
1855 Cause Disc tray guide has been closed. What to Do Open the disc tray guide with the operation panel closed and tap OK on the touch screen. Do not open or close the disc tray guide while printing is in progress. Doing so may damage the machine.
1856 Cause Disc tray guide has been opened. What to Do While printing other than disc label printing, close the disc tray guide. Close the disc tray guide and tap OK on the touch screen. Do not open or close the disc tray guide while printing is in progress. Doing so may damage the machine.
1857 Cause Disc tray guide is open when starting disc label printing. What to Do When starting disc label printing, close the disc tray guide for the machine to prepare to print. Close the disc tray guide with the operation panel closed and tap OK on the touch screen.
1872 Cause Cassette 1 is not inserted. What to Do Insert the cassette 1. Note • Once the cassette 1 is installed, the screen for setting cassette paper information appears. Set the paper information for the paper in the cassette 1. • To cancel printing, touch the machine's Stop button.
1873 Cause Cassette 2 is not inserted. What to Do Insert the cassette 2. Note • Once the cassette 2 is installed, the screen for setting cassette paper information appears. Set the paper information for the paper in the cassette 2. • To cancel printing, touch the machine's Stop button.
1890 Cause Protective material or tape may still be attached to print head holder. What to Do Open the operation panel and make sure the protective material and tape have been removed from the print head holder. If the protective material or tape is still there, remove it and close the operation panel. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
2111 Cause Paper settings for printing or copying differ from cassette paper information set on machine. Note • See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the touch screen.
What to Do Tapping OK on the touch screen again, the screen below appears. Select the appropriate action. Note • All of the options below may not appear, depending on the setting. Print with the loaded paper. Select this option to print or copy on the paper in the cassette 1, without changing the paper settings.
Once you have changed the paper, the screen for setting the cassette paper information appears. Set the paper information for the paper in the cassette 1. Note • If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine, touch the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed, check the paper size and the media type and register them to the machine.
2112 Cause Paper settings for printing or copying differ from cassette paper information set on machine. Note • See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the touch screen.
What to Do Tapping OK on the touch screen again, the screen below appears. Select the appropriate action. Note • All of the options below may not appear, depending on the setting. Print with the loaded paper. Select this option to print or copy on the paper in the cassette 2, without changing the paper settings. For example, if the paper setting is A5, and A4 is set in the cassette paper information, the A5 size setting is used to print or copy on the A4 paper in the cassette 2.
Note • If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine, touch the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed. When the previous screen is displayed, check the paper size and the media type and register them to the machine. • See below for the correct correspondence between paper settings made on the printer driver or on the touch screen.
2121 Cause Cassette 1 paper settings are incomplete. What to Do If screen below is shown, the cassette 1 paper settings are incomplete. Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine to finish setting the cassette 1 paper settings.
2122 Cause Cassette 2 paper settings are incomplete. What to Do If screen below is shown, the cassette 2 paper settings are incomplete. Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine to finish setting the cassette 2 paper settings.
2500 Cause Cause of following may have occurred failure of automatic print head alignment. • Print head nozzles are clogged. • Paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded in the cassette 2. • Paper output slot is exposed to strong light. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen and take the corresponding actions below. • Check the print head condition by printing the nozzle check pattern. • Load one sheet of A4/Letter-sized plain paper and perform automatic print head alignment again.
2700 Cause An error occurred during copying and some time elapsed. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen and retry copying.
3402 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine. Wait a while and retry copying.
3403 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine. Wait a while and retry copying.
3405 Cause Machine could not make copies because its memory is full. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine. Wait a while and retry copying.
3407 Cause Loading next sheet is required. What to Do Load the next sheet and tap OK on the touch screen of the machine.
3408 Cause Preview screen is displayed on machine's touch screen. What to Do After seeing the preview, tap OK on the touch screen of the machine.
3410 Cause Cannot reserve copying job because machine is scanning a sheet. What to Do Wait a while and reserve copying job.
3411 Cause You can reserve copying job. What to Do If you reserve a copying job, load the original and touch the machine's Color button for color copying or the machine's Black button for black & white copying.
3412 Cause Scanning original has failed. What to Do Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine, and then follow the actions below. • Make sure that the original is placed on the platen glass. • Make sure that the original is set in the correct position and orientation. After carrying out the above actions, retry scanning or copying. If the error is still not resolved, specify the size of the original. Important • The original that is smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square may not be scanned correctly.
3413 Cause Prevent paper abrasion has been set. What to Do If you continue printing in the current setting, tap Yes. Prevent paper abrasion may reduce the print speed. If you disable this setting, tap No. Touch the HOME button, select Setup, Device settings, and Print settings, and then set Prevent paper abrasion to OFF.
4100 Cause Specified data cannot be printed. What to Do If you are printing CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM contents, check the message shown your computer, make sure genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors, and retry the printing.
4101 Cause Machine does not support paper size you specified. What to Do Touch the Stop button, specify the proper paper size, and then print again. If you print on the non-standard size paper, you can specify a custom size within the following range to print. • Loading in the cassette 1: -Width: 89.0 mm to 200.0 mm (3.50 inches to 7.87 inches) -Height: 127.0 mm to 184.9 mm (5.00 inches to 7.28 inches) • Loading in the cassette 2: -Width: 90.0 mm to 215.9 mm (3.54 inches to 8.50 inches) -Height: 185.
4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with current print settings. What to Do Touch the machine's Stop button to cancel printing. Then change the print settings and retry printing.
5011 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5012 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5100 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the machine. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the machine back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5101 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Remove the protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving, turn the machine off, and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5200 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5400 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5B10 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5B11 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5C00 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
5C20 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6000 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do If the paper is jammed, remove it depending on the jammed location and cause. List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6001 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do If the paper output tray is closed, open it. Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation; otherwise, an error will occur.
6003 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do If the paper output tray is closed, open it. Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair. Important • Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation; otherwise, an error will occur.
6500 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6502 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6800 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6801 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6900 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6901 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6902 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6910 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6911 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6920 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6921 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6930 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6931 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6932 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6933 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6934 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6935 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6936 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6937 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6938 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6940 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6941 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6942 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6943 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6944 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6945 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6946 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6950 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
6B20 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Plug in the machine again and turn it back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
B202 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
B203 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
B204 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
B205 Cause An error requiring a repair has occurred. What to Do Turn off machine and unplug it. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
C000 Cause Printer error has occurred. What to Do Cancel printing and turn off the machine. Check the following: • Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by stabilizer, jammed paper, etc. Remove any impediment. • Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed. Press ink tanks until they click into place. Turn the machine back on. If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
